UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

——————————

 

FORM 10

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934

  

Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Florida

81-2624094

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214
Miami, FL

33186

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 305-232-2752

Copy to:
William Koppelmann, President
Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.
13590 SW 134th Ave, Suite 214
Miami, FL 33186
Fax – (305) 232-2752


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None


Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Stock, $.001 par value

(Title of class)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

  

Accelerated filer

  

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

þ

 

 

  

Smaller reporting company

  

þ

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

¨


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o




 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

  

PAGE

Item 1

Business

  

1

Item 1A

Risk Factors

  

8

Item 2

Financial Information

  

14

Item 3

Properties

  

22

Item 4

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

22

Item 5

Directors and Executive Officers

  

23

Item 6

Executive Compensation

  

28

Item 7

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

29

Item 8

Legal Proceedings

  

30

Item 9

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

  

30

Item 10

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

  

31

Item 11

Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered

  

31

Item 12

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  

34

Item 13

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

35

Item 14

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

35

Item 15

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

36

Signatures

 

37


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In this registration statement we make a number of statements, referred to as “forward-looking statements,” which are intended to convey our expectations or predictions regarding the occurrence of possible future events or the existence of trends and factors that may impact our future plans and operating results. These forward-looking statements are derived, in part, from various assumptions and analyses we have made in the context of our current business plan and information currently available to us and in light of our experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments and other factors we believe to be appropriate in the circumstances. You can generally identify forward-looking statements through words and phrases such as “seek,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “budget,” “project,” “may be,” “may continue,” “may likely result,” and similar expressions. When reading any forward-looking statement, you should remain mindful that actual results or developments may vary substantially from those expected as expressed in or implied by that statement for a number of reasons or factors, such as those relating to:

 

 

 

our ability to successfully sell our services to our customers;

 

 

 

our ability to attract the qualified personnel to implement our growth strategies;

 

 

 

our ability to develop and maintain our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

 

 

the accuracy of our estimates and projections;

 

 

 

our ability to fund our short-term and long-term financing needs;

 

 

 

changes in our business plan and corporate strategies; and

 

 

 

other risks and uncertainties discussed in greater detail in the sections of this registration statement, including those captioned “Risk Factors.

Each forward-looking statement should be read in context with, and with an understanding of, the various other disclosures concerning our Company and our business made elsewhere in this registration statement. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement as a prediction of actual results or developments. We are not obligated to update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in this registration statement to reflect new events or circumstances unless and to the extent required by applicable law.


Unless the context requires otherwise or unless stated otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Standard Premium,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis.





 


ITEM 1.

BUSINESS


Overview


We were incorporated in the State of Florida in 1991 under the name Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. In 2016 we established a holding company structure under the name Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation, with Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation as our wholly-owned subsidiary. Unless the context requires otherwise or unless stated otherwise, references in this registration statement to the “Company,” “Standard Premium,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, on a consolidated basis.


We are a specialized finance company that makes collateralized loans to businesses and individuals to finance the insurance premiums they pay on their commercial property and casualty insurance policies. We began our business in 1991 and currently operate in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. We have developed relationships with insurance agents and brokers located in our market area who offer premium loans as a service to their customers which we underwrite. We evaluate each premium loan application according to our loan underwriting criteria. Upon our approval of a premium loan the borrower makes a down payment, generally 20% to 25% of the annual premium on the financed insurance policy, and we provide the balance of the annual premium required to purchase the policy. The borrower pays us a fixed monthly amount over the next nine (9) to ten (10) months. In the event the borrower defaults in its loan payment obligation we are contractually authorized to terminate the insurance policy and receive the amount of the unearned premium paid on the insurance policy. The unearned premium on the insurance policy represents the portion of the insurance premium subject to return if the policy is cancelled before the term of the policy is completed. The unearned premiums serve as the collateral for our premium loans and are designed to fully pay off the balance of the premium loan in the event of a default. Because of this collateral security feature of our premium loans, we consider our premium loans to be of high quality and low risk. Standard Premium commenced operations in 1991 for the specific purpose of providing financing for property and casualty insurance premiums. Standard Premium:


·

maintains current state licenses to operate a premium finance company,

·

meets or exceeds all statutory net worth requirements,

·

maintains professional liability insurance with an A rated major insurance carrier with limits of $500,000, in compliance with all state requirements,

·

has secured and maintained computer hardware and licensed software to conduct its business in a timely fashion,

·

has a revolving senior credit line and long-term debt in the form of subordinated corporate notes to help finance its loan production,

·

has secured a long-term lease on office space which it currently occupies, and which is sufficient to meet future needs,

·

has developed a set of working procedures by which it operates,

·

generates daily management control reports,

·

has cultivated and maintained relationships with various independent insurance agents providing the source of all new and renewal business, and

·

currently finances approximately 80 million dollars in insurance premiums annually.


The Property and Casualty Insurance Premium Finance Market


Commercial insurance performs a critical role in the world economy. Without it, the economy could not function. Insurers essentially protect the economic system from failure by assuming the risks inherent in the production of goods and services. All businesses have one thing in common: Without the right insurance coverage, each could be wiped out by a disaster or a lawsuit. The Insurance Information Institute reported that $287.1 billion of commercial lines insurance premiums were generated in the U.S. in 2018. (Source: https://www.iii.org/fact-statistic/facts-statistics-commercial-lines)


The insurance premium finance industry began in Pennsylvania in 1933 and has grown along with the U.S. economy. It is estimated that approximately 15% of the $250 billion U.S. commercial property and casualty premiums were financed in 2015, generating $40 billion of insurance premium finance loans.


There are several reasons that an insurance policy buyer would choose to finance its insurance premiums. Financing an insurance premium is much like any other commercial or consumer purchase. It is financed based on the insured’s decision resulting from current economic trends and other considerations. For some customers, insurance premium financing



1



 


is a convenient way to buy insurance without tying up working capital or accessing other credit lines. Other customers, who do not have the means to pay the premium in full at the time of purchase, consider premium financing a necessity. When customers finance insurance policies, they enter into a contract with the premium finance company to obtain a loan. The contract assigns the borrower’s rights to all unearned premiums and dividends on the policy to the premium finance company and appoints the premium finance company as its ‘attorney in fact.’  The power of attorney signed by the borrower gives the premium finance company the right to cancel the insurance policy in the event of non-payment of a loan installment and to receive all unearned premiums and credits from the insurance company.  The customer, upon executing the premium financing loan contract, makes the initial deposit and agrees to pay back the principal with interest in monthly payments (typically nine). Thus, the unearned premium of the insurance policy provides the collateral for each loan.


Our Loan Referral Base


The bulk of our premium loans are originated through insurance agents and brokers who recommend our premium loan program to their clients who would like to finance their insurance premiums. We currently market our loans through more than 850 independent insurance brokers and agents located in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. For risk prevention purposes we have a policy of limiting the amount of loans to the customers of any one insurance broker or agent to 5% of our outstanding loan portfolio. We may change this policy at any time based on then-existing market conditions or otherwise, at the discretion of our CEO.


Our website for our brokers and agents allows them to quote premiums and print drafts and finance agreements online. The drafts and agreements are forwarded to us for loan underwriting, risk management and approval.  Our brokers and agents do not have the authority to bind us to making a loan.


We compensate the insurance brokers and agents for their loan origination service through commissions which are authorized and regulated by the states in which we do business.  The commission paid is generally tied to the gross revenue that the loan generates. For example, rates are determined by the size of the loan, and to a certain degree the rating of the insurance company as well as the creditworthiness of the borrower, further, the higher the interest rate the loan generates, the higher the commission to the broker. Overall, the commission paid to the broker (the Acquisition Cost), is generally equivalent to approximately 25% of the gross revenue of the loan. In addition, the Company offers a rewards program (where permitted by State Law) for our insurance brokers and agents. Under the rewards program, points are earned based on amount of financed premiums. These points are then redeemable for travel and merchandise. The rewards program is equivalent to 1/10th of one percent (.001) of the amount financed and is in addition to payment of commissions. We do not have any exclusive or long-term arrangements with the insurance agents and brokers that make up our referral base and they have other sources of premium financing at their disposal.  


Employees


We employ 21 full-time and 3 part-time employees. Our full-time employees are covered by a corporate benefit plan for major medical and hospitalization. None of our employees are members of a labor union. All of our employees are “at will” with no guaranteed period of employment, with the exception of our Vice President of Technology, who has a fixed contract of employment until February 28, 2023. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory. We have four employees who act as our marketing representatives in the field. They call on our broker and agent base and seek new brokers and agents to represent us to their clients.


Our Premium Loans


Our premium finance loans are typically provided to small and medium size businesses to finance the purchase of commercial property and casualty insurance policies with a one-year term. Premium loans are generally in the range of $2,000 to $50,000 per loan. The customer typically pays 25% of the annual policy premium at the initiation of coverage and we provide the balance of the premium at that time. Our loans have a nine (9) to ten (10) month term. The purpose of this is two-fold; first, by making the financing term shorter than the policy term, a small “cushion” of collected funds is developed that helps insure that the balance due is paid off by refund of the unearned premium in case of cancellation, and second, it gives the insured a two to three-month break in payments before the policy term expires and the process repeats for the renewal of the policy.


Insurance premiums are earned by the insurance company over the term of the policy. If the policy is terminated prior to completion of the term, a refund of the unearned portion of the policy premium is made. If the policy was financed, the refund of unearned premiums goes to the premium finance lender with any amount received by the lender in excess of the amount owed by the borrower being refunded to the borrower.



2



 



The following table illustrates the “cushion” between the unearned premium and the loan balance based on a typical annual premium of $10,000 with a $2,500 (25%) deposit paid by the borrower at the inception of the loan. In this scenario, the premium finance company advances $7,500 and the borrower repays the loan in 10 monthly payments of $750. Note that interest is excluded in this example to highlight the collateral on the principal balance.


Months
in Force

Payments
Made

Payment
(Principal Only)

Principal
Balance

Unearned
Premium

“Cushion”

1

0

$0

$7,500

$7,890

$390

2

1

$750

$6,750

$7,150

$400

3

2

$750

$6,000

$6,410

$410

4

3

$750

$5,250

$5,670

$420

5

4

$750

$4,500

$4,930

$430

6

5

$750

$3,750

$4,190

$440

7

6

$750

$3,000

$3,450

$450

8

7

$750

$2,250

$2,710

$460

9

8

$750

$1,500

$1,970

$470

10

9

$750

$750

$1,230

$480

11

10

$750

$0

$490

$490


Although this is a typical representation of a loan in our portfolio, we may be undercollateralized depending on certain factors, including, but not limited to, lower down payments, minimum earned premiums, fully-earned fees and taxes, governmental filings, audit provisions, longer payment terms, and other competitive factors. See Risk Factors for more information about our loan risks.


We had $41,624,594 and $39,809,865 in premium finance loans outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2020, we have 14,913 active premium finance loans in six states. The following is a summary of our premium loan portfolio as of September 30, 2020:


State

 Loans

 Total
Premiums

 Down
Payment

 Amount
Financed

 Total
Outstanding

Arizona

26

$

 316,289

$

 78,423

$

 237,866

$

 174,690

Florida

9,513

 51,986,944

 12,710,426

 39,276,519

 23,134,834

Georgia

1,972

 19,385,455

 4,700,770

 14,684,685

 8,440,425

North Carolina

1,440

 9,870,223

 2,247,931

 7,622,292

 4,521,831

South Carolina

911

 4,206,897

 1,064,082

 3,142,815

 1,740,105

Texas

1,026

 8,252,729

 2,267,590

 5,985,139

 3,612,709

Grand Total

14,888

$  94,018,537

$  23,069,222

$  70,949,316

$  41,624,594




3



 


As of December 31, 2019, we have 15,268 active premium finance loans in six states. The following is a summary of our premium loan portfolio as of December 31, 2019:


State

 Loans

 Total
Premiums

 Down
Payment

 Amount
Financed

 Total
Outstanding

Arizona

4

$

 10,449

$

 3,051

$

 7,398

$

 7,241

Florida

9,978

 51,174,259

 12,573,424

 38,600,834

 22,503,820

Georgia

1,939

 16,258,209

 3,840,904

 12,417,305

 7,606,006

North Carolina

1,493

 9,630,065

 2,282,017

 7,348,048

 4,149,402

South Carolina

888

 4,763,914

 1,126,957

 3,636,957

 1,853,037

Texas

966

 9,078,757

 2,436,682

 6,642,076

 3,690,359

Grand Total

15,268

$  90,915,653

$  22,263,035

$  68,652,618

$  39,809,865


Credit Quality Information

 

The following table presents credit-related information at the “class” level in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic (“ASC”) 310-10-50, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Finance Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. A class is generally a disaggregation of a portfolio segment. In determining the classes, the Company considered the finance receivable characteristics and methods it applies in monitoring and assessing credit risk and performance.

 

The following table summarizes finance receivables by the risk ratings that regulatory agencies utilize to classify credit exposure, and which are consistent with indicators the Company monitors. Risk ratings are reviewed on a regular basis and are adjusted as necessary for updated information affecting the borrowers ability to fulfill their obligations.

 

The definitions of these ratings are as follows:

 

Pass finance receivables in this category do not meet the criteria for classification in one of the categories below.

Special mention a special mention asset exhibits potential weaknesses that deserve managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects.

Classified a classified asset ranges from: 1) assets that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower, and are characterized by the distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the deficiencies are not corrected to 2) assets with weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full unlikely on the basis of current facts, conditions, and values. Assets in this classification can be accruing or on non-accrual depending on the evaluation of these factors.

 

We analyze and rate our receivables based on the amount of unearned premium (i.e. collateral) on a loan based on a “worst case” cancellation date. Loans that would be undercollateralized as of this hypothetical cancellation are deemed to be Special Mention loans. The Company monitors the amount at which Special Mention receivables are undercollateralized. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company considered $172,568 and $333,193, respectively, of lacking collateral as adequate for the level of risk associated with these loans while staying competitive within the industry. Management does not believe any of its receivables would be considered Classified. Our Finance Receivables by risk rating:


 

 

September 30, 2020

(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Pass

 

$

37,279,600

 

 

$

34,091,471

 

Special mention

 

 

4,344,994

 

 

 

5,718,394

 

Classified

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

41,624,594

 

 

$

39,809,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Pass” loan collateral in excess of receivable value

 

 

12,374,668

 

 

 

10,704,885

 

“Special mention” receivable in excess of collateral value

 

 

173,756

 

 

 

333,193

 




4



 


The Company regularly monitors each contract for payment status, sending late notices and cancelling contracts at the earliest appropriate date. In maintaining a proper allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company monitors past due accounts and ensures an allowance for older receivables, generally over 120 days. However, in this industry, even though accounts are highly aged and appear stale, they are still collectible. Unearned premiums on cancelled accounts may be held at insurance companies for long periods, though they are still highly collectible. The Company regularly contacts the insurance companies to ensure collectability. Historically, the Company has managed its allowance conservatively ensuring an allowance balance that encompasses uncollectible accounts. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there were no loans with deteriorated credit quality.


Finance Receivables – Method of impairment calculation:


 

 

September 30, 2020

(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Performing loans evaluated individually

 

$

 

 

$

 

Performing loans evaluated collectively

 

 

40,825,842

 

 

 

39,114,737

 

Non-performing loans without a specific reserve

 

 

798,752

 

 

 

695,128

 

Non-performing loans with a specific reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

41,624,594

 

 

$

39,809,865

 


Revenue Recognition


Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Debt Summary and Sources of Liquidity

 

Below is a summary of some of our debt and sources of liquidity. The discussion below does not discuss all of our debt. Please see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement for additional information about debt and sources of liquidity.


Line of Credit

 

In September 2018 we entered into a revolving two-year line of credit agreement with Woodforest National Bank (the “Woodforest LOC Agreement”). As of September 30, 2020, we have a total balance due of $27,407,667 on this line of credit with remaining availability of $92,333.

 

The Woodforest LOC Agreement provides us with a revolving line of credit not to exceed $27,500,000. The Woodforest LOC Agreement is senior and secured. The Woodforest LOC Agreement will terminate on October 5, 2020 unless extended by the mutual agreement of us and the lender. In January 2021, the Company received an extension on this line of credit until February 2021 due to ongoing negotiations to increase the line to $35,000,000 through a syndication with its current lender or a new prospective lender. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit.

 

The advance rate on the Woodforest line of credit was 85% at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum (3.75% at September 30, 2020 and 4.46% at December 31, 2019). Interest expense on this line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 totaled approximately $792,422 and $920,025, respectively. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 of $61,649 and $61,648, respectively.



5



 


The Company’s agreement with WNB contained certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio.  The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, minimum balances.  Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.


Promissory Notes to Unrelated Parties


These are notes payable to individuals.  The notes have interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025.  The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $201,000 and $224,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The outstanding principal balance on these notes was $4,112,172 and $4,435,606 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.


Promissory Notes to Stockholders and Related Parties


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties.  The notes have interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $238,000 and $207,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The outstanding principal balance on these notes was $4,260,293 and $3,596,859 as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


The Company is authorized to issue 600,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value. As of September 30, 2020, 99,000 shares are issued and outstanding for $10 per share.


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock under certain circumstances.


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. December 31, 2019 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in January 2020. March 31, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in April 2020. June 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in July 2020. September 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in October 2020. As of October 2020, all dividends in arrears had been declared and paid.


Competition


Our industry is highly competitive with three types of competitor. Fifteen of our largest competitors are national premium finance firms primarily owned by commercial banks and are believed to write approximately 50% of all premium finance loans. A second type of competitor is comprised of regional premium finance companies owned by entrepreneurs, smaller financial institutions and managing general insurance agencies. Our remaining competitors are smaller, local companies many of which are affiliated with insurance agencies. There is low barrier to entry into the business as regulations do not require passing any tests or having substantial capital. A prime requirement for success in the industry is access to low cost capital as profits are substantially related to the spread between the cost of capital and interest earned on premium finance loans.




6



 


We specialize in middle market loans with annual premiums of $1,000 to $50,000. The servicing of such loans can be time consuming but competition in this segment is less intense. We compete primarily on the quality of our technology which allows our agents and brokers to receive a quick response to a loan application and the quality of the personalized servicing we can provide. This helps our referral sources achieve their own customer satisfaction and retention. Our main marketing activities are the establishment and maintenance of relationships with our loan referral sources. We do not market or advertise our loan services directly to the parties receiving our loans but rather depend upon insurance agents and brokers to advise their clients who wish to finance their premiums about our insurance premium loan program.


Regulation


In most states, insurance premium finance companies are regulated by the Insurance Departments or Offices of Insurance Regulation in which they operate. Each state has specific laws regulating items such as interest rates, late charges, loan terms, forms, audit provisions, cancellation requirements among others. In addition, each state has the ability to audit each finance company and requires annual reports to be submitted. The following chart illustrates the relevant rules and regulations for the states in which we operate as of September 30, 2020.


 

AZ

FL

GA

NC

SC

TX

TN

Service Charge

$10

$20

$20

$15

$20

>$1,000 $20
<$1,000 $25

4% of loan up to $15 max

Limit on Service Charge

None

once per
annum

None

None

Once per
annum

None

once per
annum

Late Charge Minimum (Consumer)

5%  Max. $10

$10

$1.50

$1.00

$1.00

5%

2

Percentage (Consumer)

5%

NO

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Late Charge Minimum (Commercial)

5%

$10

$1.50

$1.00

$1.00

5%

$2.00

Percentage (Commercial)

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Grace Period

5

5

5

5

0

10

10

Days to Cancel

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Cancellation Fee

$15

$0

$5 Consumer
$15 Commercial

$0

$0

$5

5

Returned Check Fee

$10 or Actual

$15

$20

Varies

Filed w
State

Varies

$0

Amount to Refund to Borrower

$1

$1

$5

$1

$3

$5

$1

Interest Method

36% up to $1,000
24% exceeding $1,000

1% Add-on

1% Add-on

$12 per
$100

$12 per
$100

Simple

Simple

Maximum Interest Rate

None

None

None

None

None

Changes
Periodically

24%

Interest Refund Method

Actuarial Method

Rule of 78's

Rule of 78’s

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances

Sum of Periodic Balances

Collection/Recovery Fees

Allowed

20%

No

No

No

No

15%

Signature Required

New Business Only

Insured or Agent

Insured or Agent

Insured

Agent and
Insured

Insured or Agents

Insured or Agent (w/POA)

Type Font

8 pt

8 pt

8 pt

Legible

8 pt

Approved

8 pt

Reporting Period Due

February 1st

March 1st

March 1st

June 15th

March 1st

April 1st

April 1st

Audit Provisions/Terms

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

3 Years

4 Years

2 Years




7



 


Growth Strategy


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity to generate additional sales. In July 2019, the company finalized negotiations to increase the credit commitment by an additional $2,500,000. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit. In the event the Company can secure significant surplus credit availability, it intends to expand growth efforts to include mergers and acquisitions as well as joint ventures directly with insurance underwriters. There are currently no acquisition agreements or negotiations and we cannot assure that any such transactions will be entered into.


The Company sees a unique opportunity in its sector to consolidate similar entities. Growth through mergers and acquisitions is particularly advantageous for a public company to purchase private companies, as the larger institutions purposely keep valuations low due to their dominance in the market. Since banks are typically valued at 1.25x to 1.5x book value, they generally value this industry similarly. This valuation often equates to approximately four to six times earnings. In contrast, businesses in the specialty finance sector that are publicly traded enjoy a Group P/E Ratio between 16-24 to 1. In addition to this industry being undervalued, it is highly fragmented, with ten banks controlling 75% of the commercial market share and the remaining market divided amongst 1,100 small to mid-size privately-held premium finance companies. The smaller companies (under $10M in revenue) are often overlooked by these banks as acquisition targets. We deem these entities as the primary targets of our acquisition plan. Furthermore, once consolidated the target acquisition operates approximately twice as profitable due to the elimination of nearly 65% of general and administrative expenses, leading to economies of scale, which flow directly to EBITDA. We do not currently have any agreement to acquire any other businesses and there can be no assurance that any such acquisitions will be made.


ITEM 1A.

 RISK FACTORS


An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and is subject to many uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In order to attain an appreciation for these risks and uncertainties, you should read this registration statement in its entirety and consider all of the information and advisements contained in this registration statement, including the following risk factors and uncertainties. If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results and financial condition could be seriously harmed, and you could lose all or part of your investment.


We depend on the availability of significant amounts of credit to meet our liquidity needs and our failure to maintain our sources of credit could materially and adversely affect our liquidity in the future. 


Our business model is dependent upon our ability to borrow to maintain and grow our ability to lend money to our customers. As of September 30, 2020, we have availability of only $92,333 on our revolving line of credit from our primary lender, which had an original maturity of October 5, 2020. In January 2021, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of February 5, 2021. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit. If we fail to renew or replace our line of credit, or we default on our line of credit, then our ability to continue our lending business at current levels and meet our other obligations, would be materially adversely affected. Since the amount of money we can borrow on our revolving credit line is based on a percentage of our entire loan portfolio less certain ineligible items, our other corporate debt (i.e., subordinated and un-subordinated debt) plus our retained earnings and stockholder equity may not provide the funds necessary cover the balance of our loan portfolio.

 

If our growth requires us to raise additional capital, that capital may not be available when it is needed, or the cost of that capital may be very high.


As we grow, organically and through possible acquisitions, the amount of capital required to support our operations grows as well. We may need to raise additional capital to support continued growth both organically and through possible acquisitions. Any capital we obtain may result in the dilution of the interests of existing holders of our common stock. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time which are outside our control and on our financial condition and performance. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to expand our operations through organic growth and possible acquisitions could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and negatively affected.





8



 


Our reliance on third party insurance agents and brokers to originate our premium finance loans may result in increased exposure to credit risk and fraud.


Our premium finance loans are issued primarily through relationships with a large number of unaffiliated insurance agents and brokers. As a result, risk management and general supervisory oversight may be difficult since we have little direct contact with the borrowers and such loans may also be more susceptible to third party fraud.  In certain cases, insurance agents and brokers may be funded directly on behalf of the insurance company and/or its affiliates. If the agent or broker fails to remit these funds accordingly, or fails to provide an underlying insurance policy, there may be little or no collateral.  Acts of fraud are difficult to detect and deter, and we cannot assure investors that our risk management procedures and controls will prevent losses from fraudulent activity.


If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb losses that may occur in our loan portfolio, our financial condition and liquidity could suffer.


 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses that is intended to absorb credit losses that we expect to incur in our loan portfolio. At each balance sheet date, our management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses based on our estimate of probable and reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, taking into account probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified. Because our allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of inherent losses, there is no certainty that it will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in the loan portfolio, particularly if there is deterioration in general economic or market conditions or events that adversely affect specific customers. Although we believe our loan loss allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably estimable losses in our loan portfolio, if our estimates are inaccurate and our actual loan losses exceed the amount that is anticipated, or if the loss assumptions we used in calculating our reserves are significantly different from those we actually experience, our financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.


Failures of our information technology systems may adversely affect our operations.


We are increasingly dependent upon computer and other information technology systems to manage our business. We rely upon information technology systems to process, record, monitor and disseminate information about our operations. In some cases, we depend on third parties to provide or maintain these systems. While we perform a review of controls instituted by our critical vendors in accordance with industry standards, we must rely on the continued maintenance of these controls by the outside party, including safeguards over the security of customer data. Additionally, we must rely on our employees to safeguard access to our information technology systems and avoid inadvertent complicity with external security threats. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and cyberattacks that could have a security impact. If one or more of these events occur, or if any of our financial, accounting or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, this could jeopardize our or our customers’ confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers or counterparties. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. Security breaches in our online systems could also have an adverse effect on our reputation. Our systems may also be affected by events that are beyond our control, which may include, for example, electrical or telecommunications outages or other damage to our property or assets. Although we take precautions against malfunctions and security breaches, we cannot assure that such efforts will be adequate to prevent problems that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


If we are unable to attract and retain experienced and qualified personnel, our ability to provide high quality service will be diminished, we may lose key customer relationships, and our results of operations may suffer.


We believe that our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain experienced personnel, including our senior management and other key personnel. The departure of senior manager or other key personnel may damage relationships with certain customers, or certain customers may choose to follow such personnel to a competitor. The loss of any of our senior managers or other key personnel, or our inability to identify, recruit and retain such personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. All but one of our employees are “at will” with no fixed term of employment.




9



 


Since our business is concentrated in Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee, declines in the economy of these states could adversely affect our business.


Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. We provide premium finance loans to customers primarily in the states of Arizona, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Tennessee. The local economic conditions in these market states significantly impact the demand for our premium finance loans as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans. Declines in economic conditions, including inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets or other factors impacting these local markets could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


Competition in the insurance premium finance industry is intense, and some of our competitors have greater financial, technological and other resources than we currently possess.


We face intense competition from other insurance premium finance firms. Many competing companies have longer operating histories, greater access to capital, lower cost of capital, more lending experience, greater name recognition, larger staffs and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we currently possess. The superior resources that some of these competitors have available could allow them to compete successfully against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and prospects.


If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.


Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


In addition, we are required to be compliant with public company internal control requirements mandated under Section 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including the hiring of accounting personnel and establishing new accounting and financial reporting procedures to establish an appropriate level of internal controls over financial reporting. However, we cannot provide assurances that we will be successful in doing so. If we are unable to successfully implement internal controls over financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting, and our stock price, may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the applicable stock exchange listing requirements.


Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase operating costs and harm the business.


We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.


The current expectation is that for the foreseeable future, we will retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain, if any, for any stockholders for the foreseeable future.


There is no trading market for our common stock and there is no assurance that a market will develop or be maintained.


There is no public market for shares of our common stock. Although it is our intention to achieve a trading market for our common stock we have not applied for listing on any market and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be maintained.  In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares at the time that they would like to sell and may have to hold their shares indefinitely.




10



 


We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions that we are able to complete.


Part of our business strategy is to grow through potential acquisitions in order to achieve economies of scale. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:


·

it may occur that the acquired company or assets do not further Standards business strategy, or that it overpaid for the company or assets, or that industry or economic conditions change, all of which may require a future impairment charge;

·

management may have difficulty integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired business and may have difficulty retaining the key personnel of the acquired business;

·

management may have difficulty incorporating the acquired services with its existing services;

·

there may be customer confusion where Standards services overlap with those of entities that are acquired;

·

Standards ongoing business and management's attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically and culturally diverse locations;

·

There may be difficulty maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies across locations;

·

Standard may acquire companies that have material liabilities, including, among other things, for the failure to comply with insurance laws and regulations;

·

the acquisition may result in litigation from terminated employees or third parties;

·

management may experience significant problems or liabilities associated with service quality, technology and legal contingencies;

·

Standard may spend considerable amounts of money (legal, accounting, diligence, etc.) in seeking an acquisition candidate and never complete the acquisition; and

·

acquisition candidate letters of intent may have large break-up fees if the acquisition is not completed.


We may not be able to make future acquisitions without obtaining additional financing.


To finance any acquisitions, Standard may, from time to time, issue additional equity securities or incur additional debt. A greater amount of debt or additional equity financing could be required to the extent that its common stock fails to achieve or to maintain a market value sufficient to warrant its use in future acquisitions, or to the extent that acquisition targets are unwilling to accept common stock in exchange for their businesses.  Furthermore, the Company would require bank approval of any additional debt or equity financing. Even if Standard were permitted to incur additional debt or determine to sell equity, management may not be able to obtain additional required capital on acceptable terms, if at all, which would limit its plans for growth. In addition, any capital they may be able to raise could result in increased leverage on its balance sheet, additional interest and financing expense, and decreased operating income.


The insurance premium finance industry is very competitive, and if we are not able to compete effectively, we may lose market share and our business could suffer.


We face competition in financing insurance premiums throughout our market area. Our competitors include national, regional and other community banks, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, insurance companies, factoring companies and other non-bank financial companies. Many of these competitors have access to cheaper capital, substantially greater resources and market presence than Standard and, as a result of their size, may be able to offer a broader range of products at better prices.




11



 


Compliance with securities laws.


The Company’s common stock, preferred stock and promissory notes were sold to investors pursuant to exemptions under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to transactions involving limited offers and sales without registration. If the Company should fail to comply with each and every one of the requirements of the available exemptions from registration, the investors may have the right to rescind their purchase of shares if they so desire. Compliance is highly technical. There is always the possibility that if any investor or investors should obtain rescission of their investments, the Company may be required to repurchase the securities. In addition, failure to comply with any of the requirements for exemption under state securities laws could occasion the same results as a failure to comply with the above-mentioned federal rule exemptions.


We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information we receive about our customers and counterparties to make credit decisions. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading information may adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.


We rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties in deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions. This information could include financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


The rapid spread of the novel coronavirus, COVID-19, may adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.


 Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus COVID-19. If our borrowers are impacted, we may experience a higher than anticipated default rate on our customer’s premium finance loans. We may also experience lower demand for premium finance loans. Our borrowers are generally small and medium size businesses which may be less able to survive the disruption caused by the virus and the steps required to fight its spread such as mandatory shutdowns. Our business operations may be adversely affected if our offices need to be closed due to the coronavirus or if a number of our employees are sidelined by illness. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.


Particular Risks Associated with the Specialized Insurance Premium Services Industry

Our premium finance business may involve a higher risk of delinquency or collection than other lending operations and could expose us to losses.


We provide financing for the payment of commercial insurance premiums through our subsidiary Standard Premium Finance Management, Inc. Commercial insurance premium finance loans involve a unique, and possibly higher, risk of delinquency or collection than other types of loans. These are initiated primarily through relationships with unaffiliated independent insurance agents. As a result, risk management is critical and may be difficult. Roughly one third of all new borrowers fail to make all of their payments. In such an event, we request cancellation of the insurance policy and anticipate a refund from the insurance company and the agent. Under ideal conditions the down payment made by the insured should create sufficient equity to pay off our loan in the event of a cancellation.  However, as a consequence of competitive market conditions, we may have accepted a down payment that did not fully cover our loan. If, after the unearned premium on a cancelled policy is fully refunded, there is still an outstanding balance, the insured must be billed directly.  The cost of pursuing these funds often exceeds the amount collected and most often results in write-offs by the Company. Many commercial loans have underwriting provisions that may affect our collateral. Such instances may include but are not limited to fully earned policy fees or inspection fees, audit provisions, state reporting requirements, and cancellation limitations. Such circumstances could greatly reduce the unearned premium in the event of cancellation. Since we depend on the unearned premium for collateral, we could experience greater write-offs and thus, increased risk.


A Decline in the Economy in General May Result in a Decrease in Production.


Declines in the economy generally could have an adverse impact on our operating results by reducing the number of businesses purchasing insurance. Further, those who are currently financing their policies may have more difficulty making their payments, thus raising our default rates.



12



 


Increases in the Prime Interest Rate may reduce the profitability of our loans.


The rate at which we lend money is set by the state.  However, our revolving line of credit, which comprises our senior debt, is based, in part, on the prime interest rate.  When the prime rate goes up, the interest we pay on our senior debt increases while our interest income continues to be based on the same interest rate.  Thus, with each increase, the spread between the interest we earn and the interest we pay narrows, reducing our net interest income.


Changes in Insurance Law may adversely affect our business.


Our industry is subject to laws, rules, and regulations as established by the states in which we operate.  Any changes in such laws, rules, and regulations could be detrimental to the premium finance industry, thus having a negative effect on our operating income.  


Aggressive Marketing by our Competitors may adversely affect our business.


There may be changes in the insurance market such as aggressive marketing by other premium finance companies or the emergence of new premium finance companies. Many insurance companies offer payment plans in house or through affiliates.  This practice could increase. Such an event would reduce the market share of all independent premium finance companies and would have a negative effect on our company.


Insurance Company Insolvency may cause us losses.


Insurance companies, although closely regulated by the various states, can also fail.  When an insurance company fails, we may have significant exposure. Such an event would put us at considerable risk.  Although most insurance companies are covered through a guarantee fund, there may be a lengthy delay in recovering these funds, and all funds due us may not be recovered. Such an event would have a negative effect on cash flow. In the event of insurance company failure of a carrier not covered under such guarantee fund, our exposure will be much greater. There are rating services that evaluate the financial condition and stability of insurance companies.  We use these to help us lower our risks.  However, conditions for any insurance company can change rapidly and the rating services we use may not give us sufficient warning of any changes.  In such an event, our risk factor could be increased.


We may experience cash flow problems due to delays in receiving proceeds from our bank loan or premium finance loan documentation.


We issue drafts on our bank account to fund new premium finance loans. These Drafts clear our bank on a daily basis. To meet this funding need, we draw funds on our revolving credit line with our senior lender on a regular basis.  Should the senior lender be unable to fund us in a timely fashion, we would have difficulty in funding these drafts. Failure on our part to cover all or part of these drafts could result in cancellation or non-issuance of an insurance policy for which we may be liable. Further, if drafts fail to clear our bank it may jeopardize our relationships with insurance agents and insurance companies, adversely affecting our ability to conduct business in the future. Insurance agents that do business with our Company have the authority to issue drafts on our bank account to pay a portion of the insured’s premium.  We review these drafts daily to make certain they are all paid to and cashed by proper parties.  Improper items can be returned to the bank and will not be honored. Under normal circumstances, we receive the finance agreement before the draft is presented to our bank.  Frequently however, the draft is presented to our bank before we receive the finance agreement. Since we cannot draw on our revolving credit line without first presenting the loan agreement, this may cause a cash flow problem for us. Such an event temporarily causes us to, in effect use funds for which no loans have been secured.  Such an event can reduce our profitability and increase risk to the Company. In the event that a draft has not been cashed for an undue period of time, we may have a liability for the draft, and the insured may have no coverage.  


Business Interruption from natural disasters, including hurricanes and pandemics.


In the event of a natural disaster or other occurrence beyond our control, we may be unable to conduct our normal course of business that could cause temporary or permanent harm to the Company due to loss of customers, increased defaults on our premium finance loans or interruptions to our operations.




13



 


Insurance Company Concentration


To reduce our exposure, we try to limit the amount of financing we do for any one insurance company. In fact, the senior lender providing our revolving credit line has placed certain limits on the percentage of our business that can be financed with any one insurance company. Although we endeavor to keep our concentration within the limits authorized by our senior lender, this is not always possible.  Market conditions may cause fluctuations in our concentration, creating a disproportionate exposure with one or several insurance companies. Such an event could increase our risks.


Our dependance on Insurance Agents may expose us to losses.


We are continually adding new insurance agents to our customer base. Each new agent is screened by us to verify that he or she is licensed and is in good standing with state authorities. In addition, we attempt to gather as much information as possible to assist us in evaluating prospective customers. The risk of doing business with a new agent is significantly greater than that of doing business with an agent with whom we have established a business history.


Liability Arising from Wrongful Cancellation of an Insurance Policy


Through the normal course of business, we cancel many insurance policies for non-payment. If, in the event we cancel an insurance policy in error, we could be deemed liable for claims that would normally be paid by the insurance carrier. Such claims, and resultant damages could be significant. Although we carry professional liability insurance to cover such instances, certain provisions could prevent us from recovering all or part of our claim.


ITEM 2.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION.


INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT


The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Our discussion includes forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.


Overview


We are an insurance premium financing company, specializing primarily in commercial policies. We make it efficient for companies to access financing for insurance premiums. Enabled by our network of marketing representatives and relationships with insurance agents, we provide a value-driven, customer-focused lending service.


We have offered premium financing since 1991 through our wholly owned subsidiary, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. We are generally targeting premium financing loans from $1,000 to $15,000, with repayment terms ranging from 6 to 10 months, although we may offer larger loans in cases we deem appropriate. Qualified customers may have multiple financings with us concurrently, which we believe provides opportunities for repeat business, as well as increased value to our customers.


We originate loans primarily in Florida, although we operate in several states. Over the past three years, the Company has expanded its operations, and currently is financing insurance premiums in Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee and Arizona. We intend to continue to expand our market into new states as part of our organic growth trend. Loans are originated primarily through a network of insurance agents solicited by our in-house sales team and marketing representatives.


We generate the majority of our revenue through interest income and the associated fees earned from our loan products. We earn interest based on the “rule of 78” and earn other associated fees as applicable to each loan. These fees include, but are not limited to, a one-time finance charge, late fees, and NSF fees.


We rely on a diversified set of funding sources for the loans we make to our customers. Our primary source of financing has historically been a line of credit at a financial institution collateralized by our loan receivables. We receive



14



 


additional funding from unsecured subordinate noteholders that pays monthly interest to the investors. We have also used proceeds from operating cash flow to fund loans in the past and continue to finance a portion of our outstanding loans with these funds. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional information regarding our financing strategy.


Key Financial and Operating Metrics


We regularly monitor a series of metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions.


 

 

As of or for the Nine Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2020

(unaudited)

 

 

2019

(unaudited)

 

Gross Revenue

 

$

4,808,709

 

 

$

4,662,026

 

Originations

 

$

69,394,892

 

 

$

66,567,960

 

Interest Earned Rate

 

 

16

%

 

 

16

%

Cost of Funds Rate

 

 

2.74

%

 

 

3.30

%

Reserve Ratio

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

1.67

%

Provision Rate

 

 

0.56

%

 

 

0.59

%

Return on Assets

 

 

1.42

%

 

 

1.07

%

Return on Equity

 

 

23.57

%

 

 

18.58

%

 

 

 

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Gross Revenue

 

$

6,306,956

 

 

$

5,896,475

 

Originations

 

$

88,142,510

 

 

$

80,010,451

 

Interest Earned Rate

 

 

16

%

 

 

16

%

Cost of Funds Rate

 

 

4.38

%

 

 

4.81

%

Reserve Ratio

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

2.34

%

Provision Rate

 

 

1.29

%

 

 

1.09

%

Return on Assets

 

 

1.51

%

 

 

0.91

%

Return on Equity

 

 

24.44

%

 

 

16.69

%

 

Gross Revenue


Gross Revenue represents the sum of interest and finance income, associated fees and other revenue.


Originations


Originations represent the total principal amount of Loans made during the period.


Interest Earned Rate


The Interest Earned Rate is the average annual percentage interest rate earned on new loans.


Cost of Funds Rate


Cost of Funds Rate is calculated as interest expense divided by average debt outstanding for the period, net of the interest related tax benefit.


Reserve Ratio


Reserve Ratio is our allowance for credit losses at the end of the period divided by the total amount of principal outstanding on Loans at the end of the period. It excludes net deferred origination costs and associated fees.




15



 


Provision Rate


Provision Rate equals the provision for credit losses for the period divided by originations for the period. Because we reserve for probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio upon origination, this rate is significantly impacted by the expectation of credit losses for the period’s originations volume. This rate is also impacted by changes in loss expectations for contract receivables originated prior to the commencement of the period.


Return on Assets


Return on Assets is calculated as annualized net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the period divided by average total assets for the period.


Return on Equity


Return on Equity is calculated as annualized net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the period divided by average stockholders’ equity attributable to common stockholders for the period.


RESULTS of OPERATIONS


Results of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) Compared to the Nine Months ended September 30. 2019 (unaudited)


Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 3.1% overall or $146,683 to $4,808,709 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $4,662,026 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 4.3% or $161,608 increase in finance charges and a 2.4% or $15,153 increase in late charges, which were partially offset by a 11.3% or $30,078 decrease in revenue from origination fees.  Revenue from finance charges comprised 81.7% of overall revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.


During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the company financed an additional $2,826,932 in new loan originations. This increase was due largely to increased marketing efforts throughout our established states. The Company benefited from a swift transition to work-from-home during the early months of the COVID pandemic. The Company’s proprietary software allowed the Company to continue operating at full capacity, which gave us a competitive advantage in attracting originations that may have otherwise gone to our competitors.


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity generate additional sales. In July 2019, the company finalized negotiations to increase the credit commitment by an additional $2,500,000. However, although the Company saw significant growth throughout 2020, originations were consistently constrained by the $27,500,000 limit on the Company’s line of credit. Management believes that the Company’s growth in revenues would have been higher with more access to capital. See Future Cash Requirements for the Company’s strategy and negotiations regarding its line of credit.


Expense

 

Expenses decreased by 3.3% or $141,279 to $4,179,057 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $4,320,336 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

 

The decrease in expenses was primarily due to decreases in the following categories:

 

 

·

 $132,276 decrease in interest expense as a result of a reduction in the line of credit interest rate. Despite the increase in borrowings on the line of credit of $384,709, an increase of 1.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 over the nine months ended September 30, 2019, interest expense decreased by $132,276, a decrease of 9.3% over the same period. This is the result of a significant reduction in the 30-day LIBOR rate used in calculating the Company’s interest on the line of credit during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, thus greatly reducing the cost of funds.

 

·

 $66,669 decrease in professional fees primarily related to an accrual of audit fees for an anticipated bank audit during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As the bank audit did not occur, the expenses were reversed by year-end 2019.



16



 




 

·

$35,767 decrease in other operating expenses primarily as a result of a decrease in business travel of $42,600, and a decrease in convention expenses of $27,799 partially offset by an increase in stock option expense of $20,224 and an increase in warrant expense of $27,200 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and.

 

·

$26,897 decrease in commissions as a result of the size and quantity of contracts written. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to September 30, 2019, there was a decrease of 1,530 loans written, although gross originations increased by $2,826,932. Agents generally get a minimum base commission per contract, thus commissions tend to decrease when fewer contracts are written, even at larger financed amounts.


The foregoing decreases were partially offset by increases in the following categories:


 

·

$113,710 increase in salaries and wages primarily as a result of the hiring of additional staff, and

 

·

 $11,115 increase in insurance expense as a result of the additional cost of providing insurance to additional staff.


Net Income before Taxes


Net Income before taxes increased by $287,962 to $629,652 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $341,690 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). This increase was attributable to the net increases and decreases as discussed above.

Income Tax Provision


Income tax provision increased $155,009 to $157,620 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $2,611 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited).  This increase was primarily attributable to current tax laws that allowed the Company to take advantage of accelerated deduction of expenses paid during 2019 that were not available to the Company in 2020.


Net Income

 

Net Income increased by $132,953 to $472,032 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) from $339,079 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). This increase was attributable to the $287,962 increase in income before taxes related to increased business activity partially offset by the increase in the provision for income taxes of $155,009.


Comparison of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

We used $962,094 of cash in our operating activities in 2020 compared to $5,329,640 used in 2019. The decrease in cash used of $4,367,546 was primarily due to a $4,207,108 decrease of cash used to support working capital components and a $160,438 increase of net income as adjusted for noncash items.  


The $4,207,108 decrease of cash used to support working capital components was primarily due to a $4,272,406 decrease in the change in premium finance contracts, and a $127,793 increase in the change in accounts payable and accrued expenses, partially offset by a $203,777 decrease in the change in drafts payable. These are natural fluctuations in operating accounts that occur during the normal course of business. The Company expects net cash outflows from operations during periods of growth. In 2019, the change in premium finance contracts was significantly larger as the Company grew to the full utilization of the line of credit. As discussed in the Revenues and Future Cash Requirements section, although the Company was able to continue to grow in 2020, the Company was effectively constrained by the limit of its line of credit agreement. The reduction in cash used to support working capital components was primarily related to curtailing the growth to stay within the maximum of the Company’s line of credit.


The $160,438 increase of cash from net earnings as adjusted by noncash items resulted primarily from an $132,953 increase in net income and $47,424 increase in noncash equity compensation, partially offset by a $18,444 decrease in bad debt expense.




17



 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

We used $39,483 of cash in our investing activities in 2020 compared to $213,703 in cash used in 2019. The decrease in cash used of $174,220 is due primarily to a decrease in the repayment of loans on the life insurance policy of $289,402 which was partially offset by $123,226 decrease in the repayment of loans receivable – related party.  To assist in lowering its overall cost of funds, as of September 30, 2019, the Company fully repaid the higher interest rate loan on the life insurance policy with available funds from the bank’s line of credit. This repayment, in turn, increased the cash surrender value of the life insurance policy. We also aggressively reduced related party loans throughout 2019 in preparation of registering with the SEC. In 2020, the company has no remaining loans receivable – related party.


Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

We provided $1,010,196 of cash from our financing activities in 2020 compared to $5,478,714 provided in 2019. The decrease in funds provided of $4,468,518 is due primarily to a decrease in proceeds from the line of credit of $4,867,133, a decrease in proceeds from notes payable – others of $139,682, and an increase in repayments of notes payable – others of $70,000. These were partially offset by $320,000 proceeds from the sale of Series A convertible preferred stock and $271,000 of proceeds from the PPP loan. As discussed in the Revenues and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections, in 2019, the Company was limited in the amounts it could draw from its line of credit, due to reaching its maximum throughout 2020. The Company utilized this line of credit to increase new sales as well as repay principal on higher interest rate notes. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company paid all outstanding accrued dividends on its preferred stock, with the third-quarter 2020 dividend being paid in October 2020.


Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year ended December 31. 2018


Revenue

 

Revenue increased by 7.0% overall or $410,481 to $6,306,956 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5,896,475 for the year ended December 31, 2018.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 12.3% or $559,132 increase in finance charges and a 3.7% or $12,007 increase in origination fees, which were partially offset by a 15.8% or $160,658 decrease in revenue from late charges.  Revenue from finance charges comprised 81.0% of overall revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.


During the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, the company financed an additional $8,132,059 in new loan originations. This increase was due largely to increased marketing efforts throughout our established states and a new, more favorable credit agreement signed in October 2018. The terms of the new agreement included an increased credit commitment and greater liquidity on receivables, providing the company the opportunity to increase marketing efforts resulting in increased sales. The increase in origination fees was the result of an additional 491 new loans written during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Origination fees are directly related to the number of loans written.


Under the terms of the line of credit agreement, the loan receivables and our other assets provide the collateral for the loan. As the receivables increase, driven by new sales, the company has greater borrowing power, giving it the opportunity generate additional sales. In July 2019, the company finalized negotiations to increase the credit commitment by an additional $2,500,000. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit.


Expense

 

Expenses increased by 5.4% or $293,539 to $5,690,297 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $5,396,758 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The increase in expenses was primarily due to increases in the following categories:

 

 

·

 $169,243 increase in bad debts as a result of management’s decision to take a conservative approach in maintaining the allowance for doubtful accounts, by eliminating older, marginal receivables, rather than hold the accounts while they await collection. The company will book these expected future collections as recoveries on bad debt,

 

·

$136,191 increase in commissions as a result of the increase in sales. Commissions are a necessary acquisition cost to obtain new sales,



18



 




 

·

$73,658 increase in other operating expenses primarily as a result of an increase in business travel of $20,084, an increase of $18,977 in bank fees, an increase of $16,000 in profit sharing expenses, and an increase in computer programming fees of $11,170 for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

·

$59,247 increase in salaries and wages as a result of wage raises and bonuses given to customer service staff, and


The foregoing increases were partially offset by decreases in the following categories:


 

·

 $122,014 decrease in professional fees as a result of the elimination of fees related to previously outsourced finance software. The Company integrated its proprietary software in late 2018 leading to lower overall software costs,

 

·

$15,046 decrease in interest expense as a result of a reduction in the line of credit interest rate. Despite the increase in borrowings on the line of credit of $5,251,841, an increase of 24.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2019 over the year ended December 31, 2018, interest expense decreased by $15,046, a decrease of 0.8% over the same period. This is a result of the Company’s ability to negotiate a reduction in the interest rate on the line of credit from 30-day LIBOR + 3.50% to 30-day LIBOR + 2.75% for December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, thus greatly reducing the cost of funds.

 

·

 $7,339 decrease in insurance expense as a result of the company’s ability to negotiate a new comprehensive insurance plan with a major medical provider.


Net Income before Taxes


Net Income before taxes increased by $116,942 to $616,659 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $499,717 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was attributable to the net increases and decreases as discussed above.

Income Tax Provision


Income tax provision decreased $138,006 to $2,611 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $140,617 for the year ended December 31, 2018.  This decrease was primarily attributable to current tax laws that allowed the Company to take advantage of accelerated deduction of expenses paid during 2018 and carried forward to the 2019 tax year.


Net Income

 

Net Income increased by $254,948 to $614,048 for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $359,100 for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was attributable to a decrease in income tax provision of $138,006 related to the application of income tax credits and the $116,942 increase in income before taxes related to increased business activity.


Comparison of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

We used $4,602,023 of cash in our operating activities in 2019 compared to $381,513 used in 2018. The increase in cash used of $4,250,302 was primarily due to a $4,642,997 increase of cash used to support working capital components partially offset by a $392,695 increase of net earnings as adjusted for noncash items.  


The $4,250,302 increase of cash used to support working capital components was primarily the due to a $3,754,498 increase in the change in premium finance contracts, a $640,061 decrease in the change in drafts payable, .  These are natural fluctuations in operating accounts that occur during the normal course of business. The large increase in cash used to support working capital, especially in the aforementioned accounts, is expected during a period of growth.


The $392,695 decrease of cash for net earnings as adjusted by noncash items resulted primarily from an $254,947 increase in net income and a $169,243 increase in bad debt expense.  As discussed in the Expenses section, bad debts increased because of management’s decision to take a conservative approach in maintaining the allowance for doubtful accounts, by eliminating older, marginal receivables, rather than hold the accounts while they await collection. The company will book any future collections on these write-offs as recoveries on bad debt.




19



 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

We used $246,711 of cash in our investing activities in 2019 compared to $194,695 in cash used in 2018. The increase in cash used of $56,016 is due primarily to repaying loans on the life insurance policy of $328,342 which was partially offset by $75,331 decrease in the issuance of loans receivable - related party and 94,726 of repayment of loans receivable – related party.  To assist in lowering its overall cost of funds, as of December 31, 2019, the Company fully repaid the higher interest rate loan on the life insurance policy with available funds from the bank’s line of credit. This repayment, in turn, increased the cash surrender value of the life insurance policy. We also aggressively reduced related party loans throughout 2019 in preparation of registering with the SEC.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

We received $5,116,776 of cash in our financing activities in 2019 compared to $14,163 used in 2018. The increase in funds provided of $5,130,939 is due primarily to expansion of the line of credit compared to the prior period by $6,452,656. The funds provided were primarily offset by $933,970 of fewer issuances of notes payable – related parties, $132,900 of fewer issuances of notes payable – other, $214,200 of increased repayments on notes payable – other, and $94,147 paid in dividends. The dividends payments included $30,900 for 2019 dividends and $63,247 for prior year accruals. As discussed in the Revenues and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections, the Company secured a new line of credit with more favorable terms, including greater fund availability. The Company utilized this line of credit to increase new sales as well as repay principal on higher interest rate notes. As of December 31, 2019, the Company paid all outstanding accrued dividends on its preferred stock, with the fourth-quarter 2019 dividend being paid in January 2020.


LIQUIDITY and CAPITAL RESOURCES as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

 

We had $354,226 cash and a working capital surplus of $9,262,454 at September 30, 2020 (unaudited). A significant working capital surplus is generally expected through the normal course of business due primarily to the difference between the balance in loan receivables and the related line of credit liability. As discussed in the Revenues section, the Company’s line of credit is currently the primary source of operating funds. As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had secured a $27,500,000 line of credit, which initially expired in October 2021. The Company received an extension on this line of credit until February 2021 due to ongoing negotiations to increase the line to $35,000,000 through a syndication with its current lender or a new prospective lender. In January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit. The terms of the new line of credit are generally more favorable than the previous line of credit, including an interest rate based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.85% with a minimum rate of 3.35%. The expiring line of credit has an interest rate based on the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.75% with a minimum rate of 3.75%. The Company believes that the interest rate will be based on the minimum rate for the term of the line of credit, which will lead to savings on interest expense over the term of the deal. Based on our estimates and taking into account the risks and uncertainties of our plans, we believe that we will have adequate liquidity to finance and operate our businesses and repay our obligations as they become due for at least the next 12 months.


On December 31, 2020, the Company terminated a private placement memorandum for the sale of additional equity. Through this private placement, the Company raised $990,000. The additional equity can be further leveraged to negotiate increases on the line of credit, as well as seek out additional funding sources. The Company plans on using any surplus capital to fund a long-term merger and acquisition (roll-up) strategy.


Future Cash Requirements


As the Company anticipates its growth patterns to continue, a larger line of credit is paramount to fueling this growth. Throughout 2020, the Company has been curtailing its business prospects due to reaching its maximum on its current line of credit. As the main and cheapest source of funds, the current bank’s inability to increase the line without a syndicated deal has restrained the Company’s growth potential in 2020. By securing a larger line of credit, the company can satisfy the cash requirements anticipated by its future growth, rather than staying at the current sales level constrained by its expiring line of credit. Coinciding with these goals, in January 2021, the Company executed a commitment letter with a new lender for a two-year $35,000,000 line of credit.




20



 


Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources


We require cash to fund our operating expenses and working capital requirements, including costs associated with our premium finance loans, capital expenditures, debt repayments, acquisitions (if any), pursuing market expansion, supporting sales and marketing activities, and other general corporate purposes. While we believe we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to fund our operations and repay our debt, we may elect to pursue additional financing activities such as refinancing or expanding existing debt or pursuing other debt or equity offerings to provide flexibility with our cash management and provide capital for potential acquisitions.


Off-balance Sheet Arrangements


None.


Contractual Obligations


As of September 30, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was contractually obligated as follows:


 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1 – 3 Years

 

 

3 – 5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Line of credit

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

 

8,372,465

 

 

 

1,932,983

 

 

 

4,158,222

 

 

 

2,281,260

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

120,138

 

 

 

57,801

 

 

 

62,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

 

271,000

 

 

 

15,022

 

 

 

255,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

36,171,270

 

 

$

29,413,273

 

 

$

4,476,537

 

 

$

2,281,260

 

 

$

 


As of December 31, 2019, the Company was contractually obligated as follows:


 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 Year

 

 

1 – 3 Years

 

 

3 – 5 Years

 

 

More than 5 Years

 

Line of credit

 

$

26,885,261

 

 

$

26,885,261

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Subordinated notes payable

 

 

8,032,465

 

 

 

1,810,976

 

 

 

5,569,629

 

 

 

651,860

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

221,884

 

 

 

109,447

 

 

 

87,885

 

 

 

24,552

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

35,139,610

 

 

$

28,813,832

 

 

$

5,649,366

 

 

$

676,412

 

 

$

 


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES


We consider the following to be our most critical accounting policy because it involves critical accounting estimates and a significant degree of management judgment:


Allowance for premium finance contract receivable losses


The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherit in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts past due over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses tend to be relatively small. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.



21



 


ITEM 3.

PROPERTIES


The corporate headquarters of the Company are located at 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, Florida 33186. We lease our general office space at this location. The lease expires on February 28, 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our operations and their locations allow us to efficiently serve our customers.


ITEM 4.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT


The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2020 by (i) each stockholder who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of any class of the Company’s voting securities, (ii) each current director of the Company, (iii) each of the Company’s current executive officers, and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, the listed stockholders hold sole voting and investment power over their respective shares. The information as to each person or entity is based upon the Company’s records and information provided to the Company.


 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Name

 

Number of Shares (a)

 

 

Percent of Class (a)

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Percent of Class

 

William Koppelmann

 

 

905,855

(b)

 

 

23.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bobby Story

 

 

198,000

(c)

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carl C. Hoechner

 

 

196,076

(d)

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Kutner, MD

 

 

191,500

(e)

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

50.5

%

Samuel Konig

 

 

108,000

(f)

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Wall

 

 

103,256

(g)

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Krogol

 

 

96,850

(h)

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chris Perrucci

 

 

91,500

(i)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Leavitt

 

 

91,500

(j)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scott Howell, MD

 

 

91,500

(k)

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Victor Galliano

 

 

29,209

(l)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Mattucci

 

 

25,253

(m)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Margaret Ruiz

 

 

22,378

(n)

 

 

<1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Officers and Directors as a Group (13 persons)

 

 

2,150,877

 

 

 

56.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders with greater than 5%:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MaryLea Boatwright

 

 

286,748

 

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC

 

 

275,000

(o)

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory Carey

 

 

190,274

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

——————— 

(a)

A party is deemed to be a beneficial owner of shares that can be acquired by such person within 60 days from December 31, 2020, upon their exercise of options and warrants. Each beneficial owner’s percentage of ownership is determined by assuming that options and warrants that are held by such party (but not those held by any other party) and are exercisable or convertible by such party within 60 days from that date have been so exercised or converted.

(b)

Consists of (i) 805,855 shares owned by Mr. Koppelmann directly, (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 75,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(c)

Consists of (i) 108,000 shares owned by Mr. Story directly, (ii) 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 75,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(d)

Consists of (i) 171,076 shares owned by Mr. Hoechner directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(e)

Consists of (i) 126,500 shares owned by Dr. Kutner directly, (ii) 15,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (iii) 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(f)

Consists of (i) 83,000 shares owned by Mr. Konig directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.



22



 


(g)

Consists of (i) 78,256 shares owned by Mr. Wall directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(h)

Consists of (i) 41,850 shares issuable upon exercise by Mr. Krogol of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share, (ii) 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share and (iii) 50,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(i)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Perrucci directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(j)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Leavitt directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(k)

Consists of (i) 66,500 shares owned by Mr. Howell directly and (ii) 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W12 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $12.00 per share.

(l)

Consists of (i) 15,259 shares owned by Mr. Galliano directly and (ii) 13,950 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(m)

Consists of (i) 11,303 shares owned by Mr. Mattucci directly and (ii) 13,950 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(n)

Consists of (i) 17,378 shares owned by Ms. Ruiz directly and (ii) 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of ten-year stock options at an exercise price of $0.80 per share.

(o)

Consists of (i) 35,000 shares owned by Bayshore Corporate Finance directly and (ii) 240,000 shares issuable upon exercise of Class W4 five-year warrants at an exercise price of $4.00 per share. Anthony Leavitt has voting and investment power over the shares held by Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. The address of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 215, Miami, FL 33186.


Address of William J. Koppelmann, Carl Christian Hoechner, Mark Kutner, Bobby Story, Samuel Konig, James Wall, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt, Scott Howell, Victor Galliano, Robert Mattucci, Margaret Ruiz, and Brian Krogol is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186. Address of MaryLea Boatwright is 3889 Admiral Drive, Chamblee, GA 30341. Address of Gregory Carey is 820 Salzedo St Apt 402 Coral Gables, FL  33134.


ITEM 5.  

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


Directors and Executive Officers of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.


The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our current executive officers and directors.


Name

 

Age

 

Position

William Koppelmann

    

57

    

Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer

Bobby Story

 

79

 

Chief Financial Officer, Director

Margaret Ruiz

 

58

 

Operations Manager, Secretary

Samuel Konig

 

50

 

Executive Vice President, Director

Brian Krogol

 

32

 

Vice President of Accounting

Victor Galliano

 

56

 

Vice President of Marketing

Robert Mattucci

 

55

 

Vice President of Sales

Scott Howell, MD

 

55

 

Director

Mark E. Kutner, MD

 

60

 

Director

John C. Leavitt, PhD

 

58

 

Director

Christopher Perrucci, ESQ

 

58

 

Director

James Wall

 

72

 

Director

Carl C. Hoechner

 

61

 

Director





23



 


Director and Executive Officer Biographies


William Koppelmann – Chairman, Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer.

William Koppelmann has been the Chairman and President of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., since its organization in May 2017 and is a co-founder and has been the President of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, since its inception in 1997. An entrepreneur with more than 30 years’ experience in the insurance premium finance industry, he is proficient in receivables management, capital-raising and debt restructuring. He currently oversees all aspects of the Company's operations. Mr. Koppelmann has served on the board of the Florida Premium Finance Association for more than 15 years. He is the immediate past president, serving in that capacity for three successive terms. Mr. Koppelmann attended Barry University and Miami Dade College, where he completed his Property and Casualty insurance Certification. He is a member of the Florida Association of Insurance Agents, Professional Insurance Agents Association, Latin American Insurance Association and Independent Insurance Agents of Dade County.


Bobby Story – Chief Financial Officer and Director.

Bobby Story has been our Chief Financial Officer and a director since May 2017. For more than 36 years, Bobby Story has worked as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), real estate developer, and successful entrepreneur.  He has helped start, finance, and manage several businesses that ultimately became publicly traded companies on the OTC and listed exchanges. His career positions have included: CPA for Arthur Young & Company CPA (now Ernst & Young, LLP) from 1970 to 1973 treasurer for Condev Corporation, an International Developer based in Winter Park, Florida from 1973 to 1978; and director of the Florida real estate operations for Drexel Burnham Lambert & Company from 1978 to 1980.  In 1996, he was a founder and CFO of American Access Technologies, Inc. (now, American Electric Technologies, Inc.), a communications equipment manufacturer of proprietary cable network and electrical distribution systems.  Mr. Story took the company from start-up, through registration, to trading on NASDAQ. Additionally, he is the co-founder and served as an officer and director of iBid America, Inc., a division of Care Concepts, Inc., which was traded on the American Stock Exchange (AMEX). Mr. Story earned his accounting degree from Middle Tennessee State University.


Margaret Ruiz – Operations Manager and Secretary.

Margaret Ruiz has been our Operations Manager and Secretary since 2017. She also serves as Operations Manager of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation since August 2000. Prior to joining Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation in August 2000, Margaret Ruiz gained nearly 20 years of commercial banking experience with SunTrust Bank from 1980 to 1997.  Her early career in Human Resources was spent in recruiting and employment matters.  She was responsible for the nonexempt staffing for SunTrust’s 1500 employees.  Ruiz is proficient in computer operations, having worked for three years in the bank’s data center, acting as liaison for branch personnel in all aspects of technical issues related to retail banking. During the last three years of her tenure with SunTrust bank, Ms. Ruiz returned to Human Resources and was promoted to Assistant Vice President of Training and Development, where she managed a staff of three, and was instrumental in the development and distribution of bank-wide training programs, including platform training, teller training and executive sales training.  As an integral part of Ms. Ruiz is an integral part of the Company’s management, Ms. Ruiz is in charge of the day to day operations and the supervision of 12 staff members.  She oversees the customer service provided to more than 600 agents and agencies throughout the Southeast United States and Texas.  Ms. Ruiz is involved in most aspects of audit requirements imposed by the Company’s lender and governing entities, ensuring compliance by administering strict internal control procedures.   Most notable of Ms. Ruiz’s recent accomplishments is the successful overhaul of the operating system, converting over 20,000 customer records and implementing new procedures.


Samuel Konig – Director, Vice President.

Mr. Konig serves as a Director and has been working closely with the company in refinancing and business development since 2015. With over 25 years’ experience in the equity and debt markets, as well as a successful entrepreneur and real estate developer with a proven track record in areas such as corporate development, finance, sales, marketing and strategic planning. In 2003, Mr. Konig co-founded SMK Capital Partners and SMK Realty & Investments a commercial real estate development and sales company successfully acquiring over 350,000 square feet of prime office building space in Miami for $50 million with commercial condominium sales exceeding $120 million. Mr. Konig received his BA in Economics from Brandeis University and spent his summers working as a runner at the Chicago Board of Trade. Mr. Konig started his career as a NASDAQ market maker in 1991. In June of 1998, Mr. Konig founded “LEVEL2.COM INC.” aka “EQUITY STATION INC.” and revolutionized the market making & trading business model by developing a trading platform with new technologies and making it one of the first successful international online direct access trading houses. Mr. Konig has held NASD Licenses: Series 7, 24, 55, and 63.




24



 


Brian Krogol – Vice President of Accounting.

Brian Krogol has been our Vice President of Accounting since October 2019. Brian Krogol graduated from the Fisher School of Accounting at the University of Florida with a Master of Accounting (MAcc) in 2011. After graduation, he worked as an auditor with Grant Thornton, an international organization of independent assurance, tax, and advisory firms, gaining audit experience with companies in the health care, manufacturing, distribution, hospitality, restaurant, and financial industries, as well as, experience on 10-Q, 10-K, SOX 404, benefit plan, and IPO engagements for SEC clients, including quarter- and year-end engagements for private clients reporting under US GAAP from 2011 to 2013. Mr. Krogol gained recognition for earning the prestigious Elijah Watt Sells award in 2012 for his performance on the Certified Public Accountant examination. Of more than 92,000 candidates who sat for the examination in 2012, only thirty-nine candidates met the criteria for this award. On the tailwind of this award, Brian continued his career, starting a private tutoring business, primarily preparing students for the CPA exam, as well as college level accounting, finance, economics, and mathematics courses in 2013. From 2015 to 2018, Mr. Krogol joined Clutch Prep as Lead Business Instructor, designing and maintaining online curriculum, including recording instructional videos for undergraduate level accounting, finance, and economic courses. Mr. Krogol maintained his private tutoring practice for CPA candidates through 2019.


Robert Mattucci – Vice President of Sales

Robert Mattucci has been our Vice President of Sales since September 2019 overseeing sales throughout the nation. His primary duties involve the recruitment and training of all new sales personnel. Originally hired as a marketing representative for the west coast of Florida in 2006, Robert was directly responsible for achieving a 300% growth in sales over a 3-year period in the region. After being promoted to National Sales Manager in 2009, Mattucci developed sales offices Dallas, Atlanta and Charlotte. Prior to joining Standard in 2006, Mattucci ran a successful marketing firm with over 100 employees throughout the United States and Canada. Some of his notable clients included the Dallas Stars, Miami Heat and Ruth’s Chris Steakhouse. Prior to running his own business, Robert was a professional hockey player. After leaving professional sports, his career relationships enabled him to work with several professional sports teams throughout the National Hockey League, National Basketball Association and Major League Baseball, developing numerous successful promotional programs while raising ticket sales and increasing attendance.  


Victor Galliano – Vice President of Marketing

Victor Galliano has been the Vice President of Marketing for Holdings since September 2019 and has worked for SPFMC for over 10 years. Victor Galliano has over 25 years of sales experience working in the insurance premium finance industry. From 1993 to 1996, he was the territory manager for World Premium Finance where he was credited for expanding sales in South and Central Florida. In 1996 he was hired by ABCO Premium Finance as regional sales manager for ABCO Premium Finance. In 2004, Mr. Galliano was a founding partner of Inspection Results, Inc. which provided residential insurance inspections to retail agencies needed to correctly underwrite homeowner’s insurance policies. The company became one of the first in South Florida to generate these inspections in real time which led to their status as one of the top inspection companies in South Florida. His passion for the premium finance industry ultimately led him to divest from this company and return to premium finance sales in 2007. In January 2008, he became regional sales manager for Standard Premium Finance and has been recognized as the lead sales representative every year thereafter. With his vision and efforts, he was able to expand sales statewide. In 2012, he was promoted to VP of Sales for Florida and was responsible for developing and implementing a statewide sales strategy that led to yearly organic growth. During this time, he also helped launch various national sales campaigns, trained junior sales staff members and raised the bar for sales performance. Mr. Galliano graduated with a BSM degree from the A.B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University in 1987. In addition, Mr. Galliano earned an MBA, with a specialization in accounting, from St. Thomas University in 2001.




25



 


Scott Howell, MD – Director.  

Dr. Scott Howell has served as a Company director since 2017. A practicing physician for more than 25 years, Dr. Howell is board certified in Family Practice, Preventative Medicine and Public Health and Addiction Medicine. Presently, Dr. Howell advises healthcare organizations with regulatory, product development, reimbursement and financial modeling for multiple healthcare organizations. From 2017 to 2018, Dr. Howell was the Chief Medical Officer at Advantmed, a healthcare analytics and delivery organization. From 2015 to 2017, Dr. Howell was an executive medical director for Heritage Development Organization, for which he participated in national expansion through joint ventures, mergers & acquisitions and by identifying enterprise-wide clinical solutions.  From 2008 to 2015, Dr. Howell was the National Senior Medical Director and Chief Medical Officer for Network and Population Health at Optum Insight, responsible for risk adjustment, quality performance, networks, predictive modeling and clinical consulting. Prior, Dr. Howell was the Regional Chief Medical Officer (RCMO) for the Northeast Region of Americhoice, Inc. focusing on the Medicaid and Dual SNP populations.  From 2000 to 2008, Dr. Howell was the Medical Director for Managed Care at the AIDS Healthcare Foundation, the first HIV SNP in the nation, and was responsible for international consulting in Russia, Ukraine, Guatemala, Honduras and Haiti.  Dr. Howell was the lead scientific advisor to Management Sciences for Health, the prime contractor for PEPFAR in Haiti.  Dr. Howell has a Master’s in Economics from the University of Miami, a Master’s in Public Health and Tropical Medicine, (MPH&TM) from Tulane University, and a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) from California State University Fresno. Dr. Howell is currently retired from the Air Force after 25 years of service with the rank of Colonel.  His last assignment was with the Office of Secretary of Defense (OSD) at the Department of Defense Inspector General (DoDIG) in Special Plans and Operations (SPO).  


Mark E. Kutner, MD – Director.

Dr. Mark E. Kutner has been a Director of Holdings since its foundation in 2017. Dr. Mark E. Kutner is a practicing physician who maintains a primary care clinical practice in Miami, Florida, which he began in 1998, and a clinical trials practice begun in 1988. Dr. Kutner is a co-founder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of PrimeHealth Physicians, the largest independent primary care practice in South Florida. He served on the Board of Directors of Orange ACO, a rapidly growing Medicare ACO from 2015-2018.  Dr. Kutner was the founder and Chief Medical Officer of Suncoast Research Group, a clinical trials company since 1994, which has been engaged in phases, 2, 3 and 4 clinical trials for many of the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world and smaller biotech firms who are constantly developing cutting edge medical technologies. These trials are expanding to include phase I clinical testing, the most profitable clinical trials.  Dr. Kutner is also the founder and first Medical Director of the sleep laboratory at Baptist Hospital of Miami. He is chairman and founding member of Physicians Health Alliance, a value-based management services organization affiliated with United Healthcare.  Dr. Kutner is also a co-founder and Board member of two Florida property casualty companies, America Traditions, and Modern USA Property Casualty. Other business interests have included a chain of Costa Rican pharmacies, Farmacia Express, which introduced the country to a toll-free telephone number for the order and delivery of prescriptions to the home, and Colombian sleep labs. Dr. Kutner attended CCNY School of Biomedical Education and graduated from SUNY Stony Brook with a Medical Doctor degree.  He completed a residency in Internal Medicine at Northwestern University, and   a fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Pulmonary, Critical Care, and Sleep Medicine, as well as a fellowship at Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health in Environmental Health Sciences.  He has been board certified in Critical Care Medicine, Internal Medicine, Pulmonary Medicine and Sleep Medicine.  He is affiliated with insurance companies, physicians’ groups, ACOs, hospital groups, and private equity planning the future of healthcare in Florida.


John C. Leavitt, PhD – Director.

John C. Leavitt has served as a Company director since 2017. Mr. Leavitt is a Certified Project Management Professional (“PMP”) with more than 22 years of management, technical, and engineering experience in government DOD, NASA, Commercial RF Systems, SATCOM & telecommunications. Mr. Leavitt has been employed by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) since July 2016 and is responsible for creating the Task Orders, Schedules (MS-Project 2003), Cost sheets and justification procurement documents including RFP and RFP responses to NASA.  He also monitors and manages multiple projects using PMI-methods and assists in writing technical papers on the projects under his control for NASA publications. As vice president for Altug Consulting from January 2000 to December 2016, Mr. Leavitt researched, wrote, and published white papers for customers, and also provided engineering studies, worked on large government contract proposal teams (ICA for the NASA KICS contract) and provided Project Management services to both local and internationally recognized companies such as MASTEC, Yang Engineering, American Access Technologies, and TEK-Systems (for Verizon). Mr. Leavitt graduated magna cum laude with a Bachelor of Science in Engineering from the University of Central Florida, and earned his MBA, and doctorate in Business Administration specializing in Information Systems Management at Walden University.




26



 


Christopher Perrucci, Esq, - Director.

Christopher Perrucci has served as a Company director since 2017. Mr. Perrucci has been a licensed attorney in Ohio since 1985 and has over 33 years of legal and business experience focused on contracts, information systems and services, and business management. Mr. Perrucci spent four years with Database Technologies from June 1996 to December 1999, where he served as Vice President and Director of Business Development, responsible for data acquisition, product and database development, and new business development. He assisted the company with its transition to DBT Online and its IPO listing on the NYSE.  A few years later DBT was sold and merged into Choice Point, another NYSE company.  Prior to that, Mr. Perrucci spent 10 years in product and systems development, licensing, and data acquisition for Lexis-Nexis, the largest legal information company in the world.  Mr. Perrucci also served as President of Intellicorp for four years from January 2000 to April 2004, growing the business from $200k and two employees into $4m and 25 employees.  Intellicorp was successfully sold to Insurance Services Office, Inc. (ISO) where it is still operates today in the Cleveland area.  In 2002, Mr. Perrucci founded SOI Online, which provides a retail online service for criminal background checks, OnlineCriminalChecks.com, which he still operates today as the President.  In 2012, he founded and operates Max Technologies, a unique technology-based monitoring system to assist Ohio Courts and Probation Departments, Ohio parolee supervision and warrant tracking.  He recently completed the acquisition of North Carolina Information Data, Inc., an online provider of retail and wholesale information services to lawyers, bondsman, and general businesses.  A serial entrepreneur and one of the more senior members still operating in the online information industry today, Mr. Perrucci likes to express that he was ‘doing data before data knew it was data”.  Mr. Perrucci was born and raised in Indiana and earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Legal Administration from Ball State University in 1982 and a law degree from the University of Dayton, School of Law in 1985.


James Wall – Director.

James Wall has served as a director of Holdings since 2017 and has been a director on the Board of the Company's Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation subsidiary since 2004. He is a commercial airline pilot who worked for American Airlines from 1989 until his retirement in 2005. He was a commercial pilot for Eastern Airlines from 1973 until its bankruptcy in 1989, also working two years for Atlantic Bank as a commercial loan credit analyst during a furlough period with Eastern. Mr. Wall joined the United States Navy as a pilot in 1973, where he flew missions over the Mediterranean and north Atlantic searching for Soviet submarines and remaining in the Naval Reserve until 1988 when he retired at the rank of Captain. Mr. Wall is an early investor in the Company. He was instrumental in the Board of Directors agreeing to change Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation from a sub chapter "S" corporation to a "C" corporation so that a holding company could be created, allowing the Company to seek out acquisitions that either supported Standard's core business or was synergistic as a financial service company. Mr. Wall earned a bachelor’s degree from Wake Forest University, and an MBA from the University of North Florida.


Carl C. Hoechner – Director.

Carl C. Hoechner has served as a Director for Holdings since its inception in 2017. Mr. Hoechner invested capital in Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation in 2011 and serves as a member of its Board of Directors since 2011. As such, Mr. Hoechner has assisted in to raising several million dollars in Subordinate Notes from foreign nationals and many investors from European countries.  Carl C. Hoechner is an entrepreneur in tourism and real estate.  Mr. Hoechner was born in the US (Florida), and moved to Oberammergau Germany in 1970, where his family moved to open the European offices to become an international tour company and invest in real estate.  Raised in Oberammergau, DE, Carl Hoechner eventually studied and received the equivalent of a BS in Economics and Tourism from Industry and trade Chamber of Munich, located in Munich Germany.  Mr. Hoechner became head of all European Operations of “C.L. Hoechner Overseas Tours, Inc.” (A Florida corporation).  He eventually took over both US and European operations of the business after his father, “Carl Hoechner Sr.” passed away in 2000. As a multinational entrepreneur, Mr. Hoechner moved back to the US in 2001, and made his primary residence in Miami, Fl.  He continues to own the Tour Company with most of its operations remaining in Europe.  He continues investing in real estate, remodeling and selling said properties to multinational and foreign investors.






27



 


ITEM 6.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Overview and Objectives


We believe our success depends on the continued contributions of our named executive officers. We have established our executive compensation program to attract, motivate, and retain our key employees in order to enable us to maximize our profitability and value over the long term. Our policies are also intended to support the achievement of our strategic objectives by aligning the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders through operational and financial performance goals and equity-based compensation. We expect that our compensation program will continue to be focused on building long-term shareholder value by attracting, motivating and retaining talented, experienced executives and other key employees. Currently, our Principal Executive Officer oversees the compensation programs for our executive officers.


Summary Compensation Table


The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers serving during fiscal 2020 (the “named executive officers”)


Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($) (1)

 

Bonus
($) (2)

 

Option
Awards
($) (3)

 

Warrant
Awards
($) (4)

 

Total
($)

William Koppelmann,

Chief Executive Officer

   

2020

   

164,202

   

2,537

   

0

   

2,100

   

168,839

 

2019

 

161,611

 

2,029

 

0

 

0

 

163,640

Bobby Story

Chief Financial Officer

 

2020

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,500

 

1,500

 

2019

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

Victor Galliano
Vice President of Sales

 

2020

 

146,378

 

1,014

 

10,323

 

0

 

157,715

 

2019

 

150,431

 

1,015

 

0

 

0

 

151,446

Robert Mattucci
Vice President of Marketing

 

2020

 

136,173

 

2,707

 

10,323

 

0

 

149,203

 

2019

 

131,611

 

2,707

 

0

 

0

 

134,318

———————

(1)

Salary and Commissions paid through payroll

(2)

Cash bonuses paid through payroll

(3)

Fair Value of Option Awards at Grant Date. See Note 11 to the Company’s Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 for details on determination of fair value of Stock Options.

(4)

Fair Value of Warrant Awards at Grant Date. See Note 11 to the Company’s Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 for details on determination of fair value of Stock Warrants.


Outstanding Equity Awards Table

 

The following table sets forth outstanding equity awards for our named executive officers at December 31, 2020.  

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END

 

Name

  (a)

  

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
warrants (#)
exercisable
(b)

  

Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
warrants (#)
not exercisable
(c)

  

Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
(d)

  

Option/warrant
exercise price
($ weighted
average)
(e)

  

Option/warrant
expiration date
(f)

William Koppelmann

 

100,000

 

 

 

$10.00

 

March 31, 2025

Bobby Story

 

90,000

 

 

 

$10.67

 

March 31, 2025

Victor Galliano

 

 

 

27,900

 

$0.80

 

February 28, 2030

Robert Mattucci

 

 

 

27,900

 

$0.80

 

February 28, 2030




28



 


Director Compensation


Our Board of Directors believes that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to the future value growth and governance of our company. Our Board of Directors also believes that a significant portion of the total compensation package for our directors should be equity-based to align the interest of our directors with our stockholders. In April 2020, the Company issued to non-employee directors:


·

Dr. Mark Kutner, 15,000 Class W4 Warrants for the purchase of common stock and 50,000 Class W12 Warrants for the purchase of common stock with a total fair value at the grant date of $1,300, and

·

Mr. Samuel Konig, Mr. Carl C. Hoechner, Mr. James Wall, Mr. Christopher Perrucci, Mr. John Leavitt, and Dr. Scott Howell, each 25,000 Class W12 Warrants for the purchase of common stock with a total fair value at the grant date of $200 to each of these directors.


The Warrants have a term of five (5) years and have a cashless exercise provision.


ITEM 7.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.


In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into transactions with our directors, officers and 5% or greater stockholders.


Creation of Holding Company


In March 2017, the Company entered into an agreement of share exchange with Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“Management”) and the shareholders of Management to facilitate the formation of the Company, which acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Management in exchange for newly issued shares of Company common stock. Each outstanding share of Management common stock was issued 28.4 shares of Company common stock in the share exchange. As a result, Management became the 100% directly-owned subsidiary of the Company.


Agreement with Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC


In July 2016, the Company entered into a Consulting Agreement with Biscayne Corporate Finance, LLC to facilitate the Company’s business strategy and planning and to advise the Company in financial, mergers and acquisitions and other matters. Company directors Scott Howell, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt and Samuel Konig were managers of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC at the execution of this consulting agreement. In December 2019, these directors retired and were removed as managers of Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. They had no ownership interest in Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC. The Company paid Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC $27,500 in 2019 and $67,827 in 2020.


Lease Agreement with Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC


The Company’s headquarter office in Miami, Florida is an office condominium owned by Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC. Director and Officer William Koppelmann, Secretary Margaret Ruiz and over 5% shareholder MaryLea Boatwright are the owners and managers of Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC. The Company pays Marlenko rent of $7,450 per month for the facility and pays utilities, taxes and maintenance on the facilities.


Loans to the Company by Officers and Directors


There are six directors and/or officers that have made loans to the company.  Our CEO, William Koppelmann has advanced loans to the corporation through various notes totaling $227,000, maturing between 2022 and 2024, at interest of 8%.  Mr. James Wall, director, has made advances of $133,000 that matures on June 30, 2021, at interest of 8%.  Mr. Carl Christian Hoechner, director, has made advances of $37,000 that maturing in 2021 and 2024, at interest of 8%. Mr. Robert Mattucci, Vice President, has made advances of $120,000, maturing in 2022 and 2024, at interest of 8%. Ms. Margaret Ruiz, Secretary, has made advances of $10,000, maturing on May 31, 2021, at interest of 8%. Mr. Brian Krogol, Vice President, has made advances of $50,000, maturing in 2024, at interest of 8%. All interest is paid on a monthly basis, in arrears and the company is current on its payments.




29



 


Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons


The Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing related party transactions involving directors, executive officers and shareholders. In addition, our Board is responsible for approving all related party transactions between us and any officer, director or stockholder that would potentially require disclosure. The Company has a Business Ethics and Conduct Policy which requires that any potential conflicts of interest must be reported immediately to the Board of Directors, Chief Executive and the Company’s legal counsel.


Director Independence


The Company’s common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange. Therefore, the Company is not currently subject to director independence requirements. The Company has chosen to measure the independence of its directors under the definition of independence used by The Nasdaq Stock Exchange, LLC.  In determining independence, the Board reviews and seeks to determine whether directors have any material relationship with the Company, direct or indirect, which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Board reviews business, professional, charitable and familial relationships of the directors in determining independence. Under such definition, the board of directors has determined that Carl Hoechner, Mark Kutner, MD, Samuel Konig, James Wall, Chris Perrucci, John Leavitt, and Scott Howell, MD, are independent directors.


ITEM 8.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.


The Company becomes involved in various legal proceedings and claims in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. As of December 31, 2020, the Company is not a party to any legal proceedings.


ITEM 9.

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.


Market Information


There is no established public trading market for our shares of common stock.  There are 2,905,016 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Of these outstanding shares 1,288,889 shares may be publicly sold pursuant to Rule 144 in unlimited public resales without the need to comply with any other Rule 144 requirements because the shares are held by non-affiliates of the Company who have met the one year holding period requirement. The remaining 1,616,127 shares of our outstanding common stock are considered to be restricted stock which can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 if the stockholder meets the required holding period, public information, the volume limitation requirement of Rule 144(c), the manner of sale requirement of Rule 144(f) and (g) and the notice of sale requirement of Rule 144(h).  As of December 31, 2020, none of the shares of our common stock held by our affiliates are eligible for resale under Rule 144.


Holders


As of December 31, 2020, we have 50 holders of our outstanding shares of common stock.


Dividends


We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to keep future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid for the foreseeable future. The future dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, expansion plans, financial condition and other relevant factors. 


Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans


As of December 31, 2020 the Company had authorized for issuance stock options and stock warrants for the purchase of the Company’s common stock. The Company authorized 300,000 stock options for the purchase of common stock under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, of which 187,400 were issued on March 1, 2020. The Company authorized 1,000,000 stock warrants, which were issued in two classes. On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 400,000 Class W4 warrants for the purchase of common stock with a purchase price of $4.00 per share. On April 1 2020, the Company issued 400,000 Class W12 warrants for the purchase of common stock with a purchase price of $12.00 per share.




30



 


ITEM 10.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.


The following provides information concerning all sales of securities which we made within the last three years which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). 


Preferred Stock Offering


Between April 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020, we issued 39,000 shares of Series A Convertible Stock to five accredited investors for $320,000 cash and $70,000 exchanged for an outstanding note payable for a total of $390,000. No broker dealer was involved in the sale of the shares and no commissions or other remuneration was paid in connection with these sales. The shares were issued in a private placement to accredited investors pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. The shareholders who received the forgoing shares signed a subscription agreement acknowledging that the shares were not registered under the Act and could only be sold under a registration or exemption from registration. Each stockholder represented that he or she was an Accredited Investor as defined in SEC Regulation D. Each certificate for such shares contains a restrictive legend concerning the foregoing restrictions on transfer and a stop transfer order has been lodged against such shares. Each investor was offered access to our books and records and the opportunity to ask our officers questions and receive answers concerning the terms and condition of the offering and the Company.


Promissory Note Offering


Since the inception of SPFMC, the Company has relied on promissory notes privately-offered to individual investors as a consistent source of capital for business operations. Since December 31, 2017, the Company has issued 33 new promissory notes with an aggregate principal balance of $2,176,434 to 25 investors. The interest rates on these notes range from 6%-8% with interest paid monthly and a term of one-month to four years. The promissory notes auto-renew for the same term of the note if no written notification of expiration is received from the noteholder by ninety days prior to the original termination date. The Company believes the notes were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. No broker dealer was involved in the sale of the shares and no commissions or other remuneration was paid in connection with these sales.


Additionally, in March 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder, MaryLea Boatwright. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Warrants to Purchase Common Stock


On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. The outstanding warrants were issued on April 1, 2020, to designated Officers, Directors, and consultants with a total fair value of $27,200 on the grant date. The warrants vested immediately.


ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.


General


The Company’s common stock, $.001 par value, is being registered by this Registration Statement on Form-10. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 2,905,016 shares of common stock outstanding, and 99,000 shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of the Company’s capital stock is a summary and is qualified by the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, a copy of which are exhibits to this registration statement. Our shares of common stock were held by 50 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2020.




31



 


Common Stock


We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value. The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors then up for election. The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining which are available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision has been made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the Common Stock. Holders of shares of our Common Stock, as such, have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.


Preferred Stock


Our board of directors has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value, in one or more series and to determine the rights, privileges and limitations of the preferred stock. The rights, preferences, powers and limitations on different series of preferred stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions, and purchase funds and other matters. As of the date of this registration statement we have 99,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding.


Description of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


Pursuant to its authority, our board of directors has designated 600,000 shares of the preferred stock that we now have authority to issue as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) of which 99,000 shares have been duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Series A Preferred Stock is not subject to any sinking fund. We have no obligation to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock has a perpetual maturity and may remain outstanding indefinitely. Any Series A Preferred Stock converted, exchanged or redeemed or acquired by us will, upon cancellation, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of no designated series.


Ranking


The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s junior equity securities, including our common stock.


Dividends


The Series A Preferred Stock will accrue cumulative dividends at a rate of 7% per annum of the Liquidation Preference ($10.00 per share) whether or not dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds available for the payment of such dividends. Such dividends are in preference to all other classes of stock junior in rank to the Series A Preferred Stock, including our common stock. No dividends may be authorized, declared or paid if an agreement relating to the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company prohibits such dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock.




32



 


Conversion


After the Common Stock of the Corporation has been sold in an underwritten public offering or is registered under Section 12 (b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is regularly traded the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange or is regularly quoted and traded on the over-the-counter market (a “Public Equity Event”), the Corporation shall have the right to convert, from time to time, and without payment of additional consideration, any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a conversion price equal to eighty (80%) percent of the average of the closing of bid prices over the last twenty (20) Trading Days as reported by the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing bid price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. registered securities exchange, the last quoted closing bid price for the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market or, if the bid price is not available, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market. Notwithstanding the foregoing the conversion price shall not be less than $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment for specified events.


Prior to a Public Equity Event the Company shall have the right to convert any outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock with the written approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to be so converted, subject to adjustment for specified events.


Adjustment of Conversion Price for Specified Events


The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment for specified events, including stock splits, reclassifications and exchanges, issuance of stock dividends, mergers and certain sales of assets.


Redemption Rights


At any time on or after two (2) years of issuance, the Company may redeem all or any part of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for an amount in cash equal to 107% of the Liquidation Preference of the Series A Preferred Stock plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. Such redemption price is payable in 36 equal monthly installments plus interest at the rate of 7% per annum.  


Liquidation Preference


Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company, whether such assets are capital or surplus, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock to the Liquidation Value the Series A Preferred Stock ($10.00 per share) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any junior securities (including, without limitation, the common stock). Certain mergers or consolidations involving the Company or sales of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company will be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company unless the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock elect not to treat such transactions as liquidation events.

 

Voting Rights


The Series A Preferred Stock votes together with the Common Stock as a single class with each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to one vote.




33



 


Protective Provisions


So long as the shares of Series A Preferred Stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis represent 25% or more of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:


(a) amend, alter, waive, repeal or modify any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect or otherwise impair any of the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of, or applicable to, the Series A Preferred Stock;


(b) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;


(c) alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock; or


(d) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


Blank Check Preferred Stock


The availability of 20,000,000 authorized preferred stock for issuance under our articles of incorporation provides the board of directors with flexibility in addressing corporate issues that may arise. Having these authorized shares available for issuance allows the Company to issue shares of preferred stock without the expense and delay of a special shareholders’ meeting. The authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the Company’s shareholders, with the exception of any actions required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed. The board of directors has the power, subject to applicable law, to issue classes or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the class or series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has designated 600,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 99,000 shares has been issued.


ITEM 12.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (the “Florida Act”) provides that a person who is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action because of service as an officer or director of a corporation is entitled to indemnification of expenses actually and reasonably incurred in such defense.


Section 607.0850(1) and (2) of the Florida Act provides further that the corporation may indemnify an officer or director, and advance expenses, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to a criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.


The Florida Act provides that a court may order indemnification of an officer or director if it determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances. F.S. 607.0850(9).

Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (Florida Statute) generally permits the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or other agents who are subject to any third-party actions because of their service to the Company if such persons acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. If the proceeding is a criminal one, such person must also have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In addition, the Company may indemnify its directors, officers, employees or other agents who are subject to derivative actions against expenses and amounts paid in settlement which do not exceed, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, including any appeal thereof, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or other agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of a third-party or derivative action, such person will be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. The Florida Statute also permits the Company to further indemnify such persons by other means unless a judgment



34



 


or other final adjudication establishes that such person’s actions or omissions which were material to the cause of action constitute (1) a crime (unless such person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe it unlawful), (2) a transaction from which he derived an improper personal benefit, (3) an action in violation of Florida Statutes Section 607.0834 (relating to unlawful distributions to shareholders), or (4) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the Company in a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a shareholder.


In addition, Florida Statute Section 607.0831 provides, in general, that no director shall be personally liable for monetary damages to a corporation or any other person for any statement, vote, decision, or failure to act, regarding corporate management or policy, unless (a) the director breached or failed to perform his duties as a director, and (b) the director’s breach of, or failure to perform, those duties constitutes (i) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, (ii) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, either directly or indirectly, (iii) a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Florida Statute Section 607.0834 are applicable, (iv) in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation, or willful misconduct, or (v) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights, safety, or property.


Our Articles of Incorporation and our By-laws provide that the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, its officers and directors to the extent that any such person is made a party or threatened to be made a party or called as a witness or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding in connection with his status as an officer or director of the Company. Such indemnification covers all expenses incurred by any officer or director (including attorneys’ fees) and all liabilities and losses (including judgments, fines and amounts to be paid in settlement) incurred thereby in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding.


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or other persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. No pending material litigation or proceeding involving our directors, executive officers, employees or other agents as to which indemnification is being sought exists, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened material litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any of our directors or executive officers.


ITEM 13.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


See Item 15 Financial Statements and Exhibits of this registration statement.


ITEM 14.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


We have had no changes in or disagreements with our accountants.




35



 


ITEM 15.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS & EXHIBITS.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2019 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2018.


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (Unaudited).


EXHIBITS.  Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature page hereto, which Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated by reference into this item.




36



 


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

William Koppelmann, President



Date: January 19, 2021




37



 



Exhibit Index


Exhibit Number

 

Description

2.1

     

Agreement of Share Exchange dated as of March 22, 2017 by and between Registrant, Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation and the shareholders of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation.

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 12, 2016.

3.2

 

Articles of Amendment to Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation filed May 31, 2016.

3.3

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation filed May 17, 2017.

3.4

 

By-laws of Registrant.

10.1*

 

2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.2*

 

Form of Employee Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement.

10.3(a)*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. $4.00

10.3(b)*

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. $12.00

10.4*

 

Schedule of Warrants to Purchase Common Stock issued on April 1, 2020.

10.5*

 

Consulting Agreement dated July 22, 2016 between Registrant and Bayshore Corporate Finance, LLC.

10.6

 

Lease Agreement dated March 1, 2018 between Registrant and Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC.

10.7*

 

Schedule of Employee Incentive Stock Options issued on March 1, 2020.

10.8

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated October 5, 2018 between Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation and Woodforest National Bank.

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

———————

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.




38



 


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


Table of Contents


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-3

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-5

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020 AND 2019


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 (unaudited) and December 31, 2019

F-20

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-21

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-22

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)

F-23

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

F-24



F-1



 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of:

Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.


Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Basis for Opinion


These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.


Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures including examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also include evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.




/s/ Liggett & Webb, P.A.

LIGGETT & WEBB, P.A.

Certified Public Accountants


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019

Boynton Beach, Florida

June 2, 2020




F-2



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

345,607

 

 

$

77,565

 

Premium finance contracts and related receivable, net

 

 

38,799,374

 

 

 

33,910,763

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

101,039

 

 

 

100,688

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

39,246,020

 

 

 

34,089,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

84,861

 

 

 

104,265

 

RIGHT TO USE ASSET - OPERATING LEASE

 

 

204,873

 

 

 

248,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes receivable - related parties

 

 

 

 

 

324,459

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of policy loan

 

 

475,907

 

 

 

146,816

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

327,000

 

TOTAL OTHER ASSETS

 

 

725,907

 

 

 

798,275

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

$

35,239,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit, net

 

$

26,823,572

 

 

$

21,489,533

 

Drafts payable

 

 

1,287,696

 

 

 

1,781,609

 

Note payable - current portion

 

 

880,576

 

 

 

1,466,198

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties - current portion

 

 

930,400

 

 

 

185,000

 

Operating lease obligation - current portion

 

 

109,448

 

 

 

106,390

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

833,762

 

 

 

811,282

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

30,865,454

 

 

 

25,840,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

 

 

3,555,030

 

 

 

3,163,426

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,666,459

 

 

 

3,414,759

 

Operating lease obligation - net of current portion

 

 

95,425

 

 

 

141,890

 

TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

6,316,914

 

 

 

6,720,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

37,182,368

 

 

 

32,560,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 20 million shares authorized, 600,000 shares designated as Series A - convertible, 60,000 issued and outstanding at December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized, 3,505,016 and 3,505,016 shares issued and outstanding at December 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

3,505

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

2,672,399

 

 

 

2,672,399

 

Retained earnings

 

 

403,329

 

 

 

3,785

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

3,079,293

 

 

 

2,679,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

$

35,239,836

 


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements



F-3



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance charges

 

$

5,108,910

 

 

$

4,549,778

 

Late charges

 

 

857,978

 

 

 

1,018,636

 

Origination fees

 

 

340,068

 

 

 

328,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

6,306,956

 

 

 

5,896,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,905,041

 

 

 

1,920,087

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

1,247,605

 

 

 

1,188,358

 

Commission expense

 

 

833,559

 

 

 

697,368

 

Bad debts

 

 

535,010

 

 

 

365,767

 

Professional fees

 

 

190,592

 

 

 

312,606

 

Postage expense

 

 

126,679

 

 

 

127,080

 

Insurance expense

 

 

152,080

 

 

 

159,419

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

699,731

 

 

 

626,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

5,690,297

 

 

 

5,396,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

616,659

 

 

 

499,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

122,968

 

 

 

140,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

 

493,691

 

 

 

359,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREFFERED SHARE DIVIDENDS

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

451,691

 

 

$

317,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

 

3,505,016

 



See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements




F-4



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

(355,315

)

 

$

2,320,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359,100

 

 

 

359,100

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

3,785

 

 

$

2,679,749

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions (preferred shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94,147

)

 

 

(94,147

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

493,691

 

 

 

493,691

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

403,329

 

 

$

3,079,293

 




See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements




F-5



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Flow

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

493,691

 

 

$

359,100

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET INCOME PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

35,749

 

 

 

37,705

 

Amortization of right to use asset operating lease

 

 

112,206

 

 

 

89,393

 

Provision/recovery for loss on premium finance contracts

 

 

535,010

 

 

 

365,767

 

Gain on sale of property and equipment

 

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

Provision for loan receivable - related party

 

 

29,792

 

 

 

 

Amortization of loan origination fees

 

 

82,198

 

 

 

130,550

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/Decrease in premium finance contracts

 

 

(5,423,621

)

 

 

(2,238,286

)

(Increase)/Decrease in accounts receivable One Stop

 

 

 

 

 

569,163

 

(Increase)/Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

30,630

 

 

 

(25,044

)

(Increase)/Decrease in deferred tax asset, net

 

 

77,000

 

 

 

36,000

 

Increase/(Decrease) in drafts payable

 

 

(493,913

)

 

 

146,148

 

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

35,441

 

 

 

237,384

 

Increase/(Decrease) in operating lease liability

 

 

(112,206

)

 

 

(89,393

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(4,602,023

)

 

 

(381,513

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(175,331

)

Payments for life insurance policy

 

 

(329,092

)

 

 

(750

)

Repay loans - related parties

 

 

94,726

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(16,345

)

 

 

(18,614

)

Sale of property and equipment

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(246,711

)

 

 

(194,695

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

165,100

 

 

 

298,000

 

Repayments of notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

(12,000

)

 

 

(65,500

)

Proceeds/(Repayments) of line of credit

 

 

5,251,841

 

 

 

(1,200,815

)

Dividends distributions paid

 

 

(94,147

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - other

 

 

299,682

 

 

 

1,233,652

 

Repayment of notes payable - other

 

 

(493,700

)

 

 

(279,500

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

5,116,776

 

 

 

(14,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

268,042

 

 

 

(590,371

)

CASH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

 

 

77,565

 

 

 

667,936

 

CASH AT THE END OF THE YEAR

 

$

345,607

 

 

$

77,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

65,511

 

 

$

142,407

 

Interest paid

 

$

1,912,040

 

 

$

1,789,537

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of right to use asset - operating lease

 

$

68,799

 

 

$

337,673

 

Notes receivable offset against notes payable

 

$

156,000

 

 

$

 


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements



F-6



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018


1. Principles of Consolidation and Description of Business


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. (“SPFH” or the “Holding”) was incorporated on May 12, 2016, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida. SPFH issued 100,000 shares of common stock to its founder with a fair value of $100 in exchange for services provided.


Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“SPFMC” or the “subsidiary”) was incorporated on April 23, 1991, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, to engage principally in the insurance premium financing business. The Subsidiary is a licensed insurance premium finance company in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Arizona.


On March 22, 2017, SPFH entered into an agreement of share exchange with SPFMC and the shareholders of SPFMC common stock to facilitate the formation of SPFH that will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of SPFMC. The shareholders of SPFMC agreed to exchange SPFMC common stock for newly issued shares of SPFH common stock. For accounting purposes, this transaction is being accounted for as a merger of entities under common control and has been treated as a recapitalization of SPFH with SPFMC as the accounting acquirer. The historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer became the financial statements of the Company. We did not recognize goodwill or any intangible assets in connection with the transaction.


The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPFH and its wholly-owned subsidiary SPFMC. SPFH and its subsidiary are collectively referred to as (“the Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


Revenue Recognition

Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable

The Company finances insurance premium on policies for the transportation industry and other commercial enterprises. The term of each contract varies from 3 to 12 monthly payments. Repayment terms are structured such that the contracts will be repaid within the term of the underlying insurance policy, generally less than one year. The contracts are secured by the unearned premium of the insurance carrier which is obligated to pay the Company any unearned premium in the event the insurance policy is cancelled pursuant a power of attorney contained in the finance contract. The annual percentage interest rates on new contracts averaged approximately 16% during both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherit in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.




F-7



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses tend to be relatively small. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.


Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


Furniture and equipment 5 - 7 years

Computer equipment and software 3 - 5 years

Leasehold improvements 10 years


Amortization of Loan Origination Costs

Amortization of loan origination costs is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the loan agreement.


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in valuation of deferred tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts and depreciable lives of property and equipment.


Concentration of Credit and Financial Instrument Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable from customers, agents, and insurance companies. The Company maintains its cash balances at one bank. Accounts at this financial institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. Uninsured balances are approximately $722,694 and $179,484 at


December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company mitigates this risk by maintaining its cash balances at a high-quality financial institution.


The Company controls its credit risk in accounts receivable through credit standards, limits on exposure, by monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies, by adhering to statutory cancellation policies, and by monitoring and pursuing collections from past due accounts.


Approximately 53% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida for both 2019 and 2018. There were no other significant regional, industrial or group concentrations during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

The Company is the owner and beneficiary of a life insurance policy on its president. The cash surrender value relative to the policy in place net of a policy loan of $0 and $291,133, respectively at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $475,907 and $146,816, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred interest expense of $1,405 and $11,008 respectively in connection with this loan, included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.




F-8



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, including finance contract and related receivables, prepaid expenses, drafts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity for these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, the line of credit and long-term debt are based on current rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities and the carrying value approximates fair value.


Income Taxes

Effective January 1, 2017, SPFM elected to change its tax status from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for income tax purposes. In connection with the agreement of share exchange executed on March 22, 2017 (see Note 1), SPFM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPFH, and as a result, SPFH will file a consolidated US income tax return for the years ended 2019 and 2018.


The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.


Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company has no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows were required as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


The SPFM tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2016 thru 2019 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities. SPFM recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. SPFM did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016–10 Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606): identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing. The amendments in this Update do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this Update clarify the following two aspects of Topic 606: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the related principles for those areas. Topic 606 includes implementation guidance on (a) contracts with customers to transfer goods and services in exchange for consideration and (b) determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). The amendments in this Update are intended render more detailed implementation guidance with the expectation to reduce the degree of judgement necessary to comply with Topic 606. There was no material impact associated with its adoption.


In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-09, Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Clarifying share-based payment modification guidance. The amendments in this update clarify when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date, with early adoption permitted. We have adopted the provisions of this ASU effective January 1, 2018. There was no material impact associated with its adoption.




F-9



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable represent monthly payments due on insurance premium finance contracts. The Company finances insurance policies over periods from three months to one year for businesses and consumers who make an initial down payment of, on average, 25 percent of the insurance policy amounts. The entire amount of the contract is recorded including amounts due for finance charges and services charges. These receivables are reported net of unearned interest for financial statements purposes.


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, premium finance contract and agents’ receivable consists of the following:

 

Description

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premium finance contracts outstanding

 

$

36,376,185

 

 

$

31,494,613

 

Insurance premium finance contracts cancelled

 

 

3,433,680

 

 

 

3,535,127

 

 

 

 

39,809,865

 

 

 

35,029,740

 

Amounts due from agents

 

 

951,595

 

 

 

915,770

 

Less: Unearned interest

 

 

(1,176,554

)

 

 

(1,042,594

)

 

 

 

39,584,906

 

 

 

34,902,916

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(785,532

)

 

 

(992,153

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

38,799,374

 

 

$

33,910,763

 

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Allowance for premium finance contracts cancelled

 

$

606,236

 

 

$

802,153

 

Allowance for amounts due from agents

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

190,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

 

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

Balance, at the beginning of the year

 

$

992,153

 

 

$

1,400,102

 

Current year provision

 

 

1,135,000

 

 

 

875,000

 

Direct write-downs charged against the allowance

 

 

(1,533,449

)

 

 

(1,973,368

)

Recoveries of amounts previously charged off

 

 

191,828

 

 

 

690,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

 





F-10



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


4. Property and Equipment, Net


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s property and equipment consists of the following:


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

$

25,507

 

 

$

25,507

 

AUTOMOBILE

 

 

59,076

 

 

 

79,892

 

FURNITURE & FIXTURES

 

 

14,273

 

 

 

13,117

 

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

116,811

 

 

 

109,612

 

COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

 

 

54,241

 

 

 

46,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

269,908

 

 

 

274,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(185,047

)

 

 

(170,114

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

84,861

 

 

$

104,265

 


The Company recorded depreciation expense of $35,749 and $37,705, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.


5. Advances to Shareholders, Officers and Directors


The Company has made certain advances to its officers, a creditor, third parties related to the Company through common shareholders, our landlord and an employee, collectively identified as related parties. These advances were not formalized in writing, have no stated maturity, do not be bear interest and are uncollateralized. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $0 and $324,459, respectively.


6. Leases


The Company elected to early adopt the provision of ASU 2016-02, “Leases”. The Company elected the optional transition method and practical expedient to apply the standard as of the adoption date which is January 1, 2018 and therefore, the Company has not applied the standard to the comparative periods presented on the consolidated financial statements. The Company recorded an operating right of use assets and operating lease liability on January 1, 2018 related to our lease agreement for our secure computer facility in Miami, Florida, and our copier equipment, which were already in operation. On March 1, 2018, we recorded an operating right of use assets and operating lease liability on our lease agreement for our office facility in Miami Florida. The previous office lease was not included in the adoption as it was terminated on February 28, 2018.


Office lease – On March 1, 2018, the Company entered into a two (2) year lease for an office facility located in Miami Florida with an entity controlled by our CEO and related parties. The lease has a one-time renewal option for one year which management is reasonably certain will be exercised. The lease is $7,450 per month and expires in February 2021, including the renewal option.




F-11



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


6. Leases (continued)


Secure facility lease – On September 11, 2017, the Company entered into a five (5) year lease for a secure facility located in Miami Florida. The lease has a no renewal option. The lease is $1,233 per month and expires in August 2022.


Copier lease – On February 5, 2015, the Company entered into a sixty-three (63) month lease for copier equipment. The lease has no renewal option. The lease is $1,057 per month and expires in June 2020. On October 14, 2019 the foregoing copier lease was replaced with a new copier lease. The right to use asset and lease liability at inception on the replacement copier lease was $68,799. The replacement copier lease is $1,116 per month and expires October 14, 2024 with a one year renewal option which the Company expects to exercise.


Operating right of use assets and operating lease liabilities of $337,673 were recognized at the adoption date. Operating lease liability represents the present value of lease payments not yet paid. Operating right of use asset represent our right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liability adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives, and impairment of operating lease assets. The Company used our incremental borrowing rate of 5.25% to determine the present value of lease payments not yet paid. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total operating lease costs was $118,064 and $101,988, respectively.

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Operating Leases

 

Classification

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Right-of-use assets

 

Operating lease assets

 

$

204,873

 

 

$

248,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current lease liability

 

Current operating lease liability

 

 

109,448

 

 

 

106,390

 

Non-current lease liability

 

Long-term operating lease liability

 

 

95,425

 

 

 

141,890

 

Total lease liabilities

 

 

 

$

204,873

 

 

$

248,280

 

 

Lease term and discount rate were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

2.98

 

 

 

2.30

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

5.25

%

 

 

5.25

%

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information related to leases were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

 

$

118,064

 

 

$

101,988

 

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

 

68,799

 

 

 

248,280

 







F-12



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


6. Leases (continued)


Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows as of December 31, 2019:

 

2019

 

 

$

117,595

 

2020

 

 

 

43,089

 

2021

 

 

 

23,256

 

2022

 

 

 

13,392

 

2023

 

 

 

13,392

 

2024

 

 

 

11,160

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

Total lease payments

 

 

 

221,884

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

 

(17,011

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

 

$

204,873

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, operating lease payments includes $100,567 and $86,915, respectively of cost related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised.

 

7. Drafts Payable


Drafts payable outstanding represent unpaid drafts that have not been disbursed by the bank as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, on insurance premium finance contracts received by the Company prior to December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the draft payable balances are $1,287,696 and $1,781,609, respectively.


8. Line of Credit


Relationship with Woodforest National Bank (“WNB”)

On October 5, 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive twenty-four month loan agreement with Woodforest National Bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of $25,000,000. The Company recorded $164,396 of loan origination costs. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. The interest rate is the 30 day Libor plus 2.75% per annum. The advance rate is 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by the six majority stockholders of the Company.


At December 31, 2018, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (5.09% at December 31, 2018). As of December 31, 2018, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $21,633,380 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $143,847 of unamortized loan origination fees.


Interest expense on this line of credit for 2018 totaled approximately $269,000. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee in 2018 of $20,550.







F-13



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


8. Line of Credit (continued)


At December 31, 2019, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (4.46% at December 31, 2019). As of December 31, 2019, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $26,885,221 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $61,649 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for 2019 totaled approximately $1,231,000. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee in 2019 of $82,198.


The Company’s agreement with the WNB contained certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio. The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, minimum balances. Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.


9. Note Payable – Others


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balances of long-term unsecured notes to unrelated parties are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total notes payable - Others

 

$

4,435,606

 

 

$

4,629,624

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(880,576

)

 

 

(1,466,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,555,030

 

 

$

3,163,426

 

 

Scheduled future maturities of notes payable are as follows:

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

$

880,576

 

2021

 

 

 

1,766,822

 

2022

 

 

 

1,004,849

 

2023

 

 

 

170,500

 

2024 and beyond

 

 

 

612,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,435,606

 

 

These are notes payable to individuals. The notes are interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions within 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $292,000 and $262,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

 

 

 



F-14



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


10. Note Payable – Stockholders and Related Parties


At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balances of long-term notes payable to stockholders and related parties are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Total notes payable - Related parties

 

$

3,596,859

 

 

$

3,599,759

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(930,400

)

 

 

(185,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,666,459

 

 

$

3,414,759

 

 

Scheduled future maturities of notes payable are as follows:

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

$

930,400

 

2021

 

 

 

584,302

 

2022

 

 

 

1,796,157

 

2023

 

 

 

247,000

 

2024 and beyond

 

 

 

39,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,596,859

 


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties. The notes are interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions within 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $287,000 and $280,000 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 



F-15



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


11. Income Taxes


The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, consisted of the following:


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Statutory rate applied to income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

151,237

 

 

$

115,000

 

Increase in income taxes results from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Temporary differences

 

 

(32,090

)

 

 

25,617

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

3,821

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

122,968

 

 

$

140,617

 


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Income tax benefit at US statutory rate of 21%

 

 

21.00

%

 

 

21.00

%

Income tax benefit - state

 

 

3.63

%

 

 

3.63

%

Non-deductible expense

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

Change in temp differences

 

 

-4.69

%

 

 

3.51

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

19.94

%

 

 

28.14

%


 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for uncollectible

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

295,000

 

Operating loss carryforwards

 

 

 

 

 

32,000

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

327,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

250,000

 

 

$

327,000

 


12. Equity


Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 600,000 shares had been designated as Series A convertible and 60,000 shares had been issued and are outstanding.




F-16



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


12. Equity (continued)


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock at a 20% discount to the market price of common shares with written approval of the stockholder.


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Board of Directors has declared and paid dividends on the preferred stock of $94,147. No preferred dividends were declared or paid in 2018. As of December 31, 2019, preferred dividends are in arrears by $10,500 but were declared and paid in January 2020.


Common Stock

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 3,505,016 shares were issued and outstanding.


13. Employee Benefit Plan


The Company maintains a qualified retirement profit sharing plan, which covers substantially all employees. Employees ratably vest in the plan over six years and the Company’s contributions to the plan are discretionary. A plan contribution of $36,000 and $11,000 was made for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.


14. Related Party Transactions


The Company has engaged in transactions with related parties primarily shareholders, officers and directors and their relatives that involve financing activities and services to the Company. The following discussion summarizes its activities with related parties.


Advances to shareholders, officers and directors

As discussed in Note 5, the Company has made certain advances to its officers, a creditor, third parties related to the Company through common shareholders, our landlord and an employee, collectively identified as related parties. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $0 and $324,459, respectively.


Office lease

As discussed in Note 6 the Company entered into a five year lease for its office space in Miami, FL with a entity that is controlled by our CEO and related parties. The Company leases approximately 3,000 square feet of office space.




F-17



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


14. Related Party Transactions (continued)


Line of credit

As discussed in Note 8, the Company secured its primary financing in part through the assistance of our CEO and several significant shareholders who guaranteed the loan to the financial institution. The current line of credit with Woodforest National Bank was initiated at $25,000,000 and was increased to $27,500,000 in July 2019.


Notes payable

As discussed in Note 9, the Company has been advanced funds by its shareholders. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amounts advanced were $3,596,859 and $3,599,759, respectively.

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies


From time-to-time, we may be involved in litigation or be subject to claims arising out of our operations or content appearing on our websites in the normal course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.


16. Subsequent Events


In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through June 2, 2019, the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


Subsequent to December 31, 2019, the Company repaid $80,000 of notes payable.


On March 1, 2020, the Company issued 187,400 stock options to employees under the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan. The impact on future earnings from this transaction is a total of $69,338, which will be amortized over 24 months.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date and bears 8% interest per annum. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.




F-18



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 


16. Subsequent Events (continued)


On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of previously authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. The Class W4 and Class W12 warrants also have a callable feature or "Redemption Clause" through a "Warrant Call," whereby SPFH may call the exercise of either or both classes of warrants (Class W4 and/or Class W12 warrants) after a period of one year from issuance. Should the Board of Directors choose to use the Warrant Call, holders of the warrants would have 30 calendar days to exercise. Holdings would redeem the called warrants by issuing the redeemed shares, while warrants not exercised within 30 calendar days would be purchased at a redemption price of $0.10 per warrant. A Call by the Company would be made by making a "Warrant Call" (the Redemption Clause) of either or both classes of warrants, notifying the owners through registered mail and publishing publicly through a press release using one or several recognized national financial publications (such as the Dow Jones wire service, EDGAR, Yahoo Finance, Bloomberg News, as well as reporting the Call to the SEC under the Act of 1934).


In April 2020, the Company raised capital of $100,000 through issuance of 10,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock


On April 21, 2020, the Company received a $271,000 loan from Woodforest Bank through the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) of the Small Business Administration. The note matures on April 21, 2022 with a fixed interest rate of 1.0%. All interest and principal payments are deferred six months with payments of $15,251 occurring each month for the months of November 2020 to April 2022. However, loans under the PPP may be partially or fully forgiven after eight weeks if conditions related to the use of funds are met.


In the early months of 2020, the novel coronavirus COVID-19 became a worldwide pandemic. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. Through June 2, 2020, the Company has not seen any material changes to its results of operations due to COVID-19. Furthermore, the Company efficiently rolled out a “work-from-home” policy, purchasing and re-locating equipment to allow employees to safely continue their work.





F-19



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2020 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2019


 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

354,226

 

 

$

345,607

 

Premium finance contracts and related receivable, net

 

 

40,583,089

 

 

 

38,799,374

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

168,127

 

 

 

101,039

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

41,105,442

 

 

 

39,246,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

71,700

 

 

 

84,861

 

RIGHT TO USE ASSET - OPERATING LEASE

 

 

120,138

 

 

 

204,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of policy loan

 

 

509,004

 

 

 

475,907

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

270,000

 

 

 

250,000

 

TOTAL OTHER ASSETS

 

 

779,004

 

 

 

725,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

42,076,284

 

 

$

40,261,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit

 

$

27,407,667

 

 

$

26,823,572

 

PPP Loan - current portion

 

 

15,022

 

 

 

 

Drafts payable

 

 

1,409,557

 

 

 

1,287,696

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

1,019,958

 

 

 

833,762

 

Note payable - current portion

 

 

1,305,681

 

 

 

880,576

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties - current portion

 

 

627,302

 

 

 

930,400

 

Operating lease obligation - current portion

 

 

57,801

 

 

 

109,447

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

31,842,988

 

 

 

30,865,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPP Loan, net of current portion

 

 

255,978

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

 

 

2,806,491

 

 

 

3,555,030

 

Note payable - stockholders and related parties, net of current portion

 

 

3,632,991

 

 

 

2,666,459

 

Operating lease obligation - net of current portion

 

 

62,337

 

 

 

95,425

 

TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

 

 

6,757,797

 

 

 

6,316,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

38,600,785

 

 

 

37,182,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 20 million shares authorized, 600,000 shares designated as Series A - convertible, 99,000 and 60,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

99

 

 

 

60

 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 million shares authorized, 2,905,016 and 3,505,016 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

 

2,905

 

 

 

3,505

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

2,630,384

 

 

 

2,672,399

 

Retained earnings

 

 

842,111

 

 

 

403,329

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

3,475,499

 

 

 

3,079,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

42,076,284

 

 

$

40,261,661

 


See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements



F-20



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance charges

 

$

3,926,674

 

 

$

3,765,066

 

Late charges

 

 

644,930

 

 

 

629,777

 

Origination fees

 

 

237,105

 

 

 

267,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

4,808,709

 

 

 

4,662,026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,294,606

 

 

 

1,426,882

 

Salaries and wages

 

 

1,030,312

 

 

 

916,602

 

Commission expense

 

 

620,129

 

 

 

647,026

 

Bad debts

 

 

389,580

 

 

 

392,583

 

Professional fees

 

 

134,231

 

 

 

200,900

 

Postage expense

 

 

94,121

 

 

 

95,613

 

Insurance expense

 

 

117,735

 

 

 

106,620

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

498,343

 

 

 

534,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

 

4,179,057

 

 

 

4,320,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

629,652

 

 

 

341,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

157,620

 

 

 

2,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

 

472,032

 

 

 

339,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PREFFERED SHARE DIVIDENDS

 

 

33,250

 

 

 

31,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

438,782

 

 

$

307,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

 

3,102,096

 

 

 

3,505,016

 



See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements





F-21



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (unaudited)


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

3,785

 

 

$

2,679,749

 

Distributions (preferred shareholders)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(83,647

)

 

 

(83,647

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

339,079

 

 

 

339,079

 

Balance at September 30, 2019 (Unaudited)

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

259,217

 

 

$

2,935,181

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

60,000

 

 

$

60

 

 

 

3,505,016

 

 

$

3,505

 

 

$

2,672,399

 

 

$

403,329

 

 

$

3,079,293

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued for cash and exchanged for note payable

 

 

39,000

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

389,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

390,000

 

Debt issued to retire stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

(600

)

 

 

(479,400

)

 

 

 

 

 

(480,000

)

Options and warrants issued for services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,424

 

Distributions (preferred shareholders)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(33,250

)

 

 

(33,250

)

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

472,032

 

 

 

472,032

 

Balance at September 30, 2020 (Unaudited)

 

 

99,000

 

 

$

99

 

 

 

2,905,016

 

 

$

2,905

 

 

$

2,630,384

 

 

$

842,111

 

 

$

3,475,499

 





See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements





F-22



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Flow

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


 

 

For the Nine Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

 

$

472,032

 

 

$

339,079

 

ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

19,547

 

 

 

26,510

 

Amortization of right to use asset operating lease

 

 

84,734

 

 

 

79,267

 

Amortization of loan origination fees

 

 

61,649

 

 

 

61,648

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

389,580

 

 

 

408,024

 

Options issued for services

 

 

20,224

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase)/Decrease in premium finance contracts

 

 

(2,173,295

)

 

 

(6,445,701

)

(Increase)/Decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(67,087

)

 

 

(129,839

)

(Increase)/Decrease in deferred tax asset, net

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

26,600

 

Increase/(Decrease) in drafts payable

 

 

121,861

 

 

 

325,638

 

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

186,195

 

 

 

58,402

 

Increase/(Decrease) in operating lease liability

 

 

(84,734

)

 

 

(79,268

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(962,094

)

 

 

(5,329,640

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repay loans from life insurance policy

 

 

(33,097

)

 

 

(322,499

)

Repay notes receivable - related parties

 

 

 

 

 

123,226

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(6,386

)

 

 

(14,430

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(39,483

)

 

 

(213,703

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

80,000

 

 

 

125,100

 

Repayments of notes payable - stockholders and related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(12,000

)

Proceeds from PPP Loan

 

 

271,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

522,446

 

 

 

5,389,579

 

Dividend distributions paid

 

 

(33,250

)

 

 

(83,647

)

Proceeds from notes payable - other

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

289,682

 

Repayment of notes payable - other

 

 

(300,000

)

 

 

(230,000

)

Proceeds from sale of preferred stock

 

 

320,000

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,010,196

 

 

 

5,478,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

8,619

 

 

 

(64,629

)

CASH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

345,607

 

 

 

77,565

 

CASH AT THE END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

354,226

 

 

$

12,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

271,284

 

 

$

65,511

 

Interest paid

 

$

1,210,168

 

 

$

1,445,973

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt issued to retire common stock

 

$

480,000

 

 

$

 

Debt exchanged for Series A convertible preferred stock

 

$

70,000

 

 

$

 

Notes receivable offset against notes payable

 

$

 

 

$

156,000

 


See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated unaudited financial statements




F-23



 


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)


1. Principles of Consolidation and Description of Business


Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. (“SPFH” or the “Holding”) was incorporated on May 12, 2016, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida. SPFH issued 100,000 shares of common stock to its founder with a fair value of $100 in exchange for services provided.


Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“SPFMC” or the “subsidiary”) was incorporated on April 23, 1991, pursuant to the laws of the State of Florida, to engage principally in the insurance premium financing business. The Subsidiary is a licensed insurance premium finance company in Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Arizona.


On March 22, 2017, SPFH entered into an agreement of share exchange with SPFMC and the shareholders of SPFMC common stock to facilitate the formation of SPFH that will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of SPFMC. The shareholders of SPFMC agreed to exchange SPFMC common stock for newly issued shares of SPFH common stock. For accounting purposes, this transaction is being accounted for as a merger of entities under common control and has been treated as a recapitalization of SPFH with SPFMC as the accounting acquirer. The historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer became the financial statements of the Company. We did not recognize goodwill or any intangible assets in connection with the transaction.


The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SPFH and its wholly-owned subsidiary SPFMC. SPFH and its subsidiary are collectively referred to as (“the Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited), which include the accounts of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019.


In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Notes to the financial statements that would substantially duplicate the disclosures contained in the audited financial statements of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, have been omitted.


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers short-term interest-bearing investments with initial maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company has no cash equivalents at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.





F-24



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)


Revenue Recognition

Finance charges on insurance premium installment contracts are initially recorded as unearned interest and are credited to income monthly over the term of the finance agreement. For Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas contracts, an initial service fee of $20 per contract and the first month’s interest are recognized as income at the inception of a contract. The same treatment is applied to the $15 initial service fee and first month’s interest in South Carolina. The initial $20 per contract fee can only be charged once to an insured in a twelve-month period. In accordance with industry practice, finance charges are recognized as income using the “Rule of 78s” method of amortizing finance charge income, which does not materially differ from the interest method of amortizing finance charge income on short term receivables. Late charges are recognized as income when charged. Unearned interest is netted against Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivables on the balance sheet for reporting purposes.


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable

The Company finances insurance premium on policies for the transportation industry and other commercial enterprises. The term of each contract varies from 3 to 12 monthly payments. Repayment terms are structured such that the contracts will be repaid within the term of the underlying insurance policy, generally less than one year. The contracts are secured by the unearned premium of the insurance carrier which is obligated to pay the Company any unearned premium in the event the insurance policy is cancelled pursuant a power of attorney contained in the finance contract. The annual percentage interest rates on new contracts averaged approximately 16% during both quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of the Premium Finance Contracts (“Contracts”) is reduced by an allowance for losses that are maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb losses inherit in the Contracts. The amount of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the collectability of the Contracts, including the nature of the accounts, credit concentration, trends, and historical data, specific impaired Contracts, economic conditions, and other risks inherent in the Contracts. The allowance is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recovery.


In addition, specific allowances are established for accounts over 120 days. Individual contracts are written off against the allowance when collection of the individual contracts appears doubtful. The collectability of outstanding and cancelled contracts is generally secured by collateral in the form of the unearned premiums on the underlying policies and accordingly historical losses tend to be relatively small. The collectability of amounts due from agents is determined by the financial strength of the agency.




F-25



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)


Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:


Furniture and equipment 5 - 7 years

Computer equipment and software 3 - 5 years

Leasehold improvements 10 years


Amortization of Loan Origination Costs

Amortization of loan origination costs is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the loan agreement.


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include assumptions used in valuation of deferred tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciable lives of property and equipment, and valuation of stock-based compensation.


Concentration of Credit and Financial Instrument Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable from customers, agents, and insurance companies. The Company maintains its cash balances at one bank. Accounts at this financial institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. Uninsured balances are approximately $436,902 and $722,694 at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company mitigates this risk by maintaining its cash balances at a high-quality financial institution.


The Company controls its credit risk in accounts receivable through credit standards, limits on exposure, by monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies, by adhering to statutory cancellation policies, and by monitoring and pursuing collections from past due accounts.


Approximately 56% and 53% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Florida for both 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately 20% and 16% of the Company’s business activity is with customers located in Georgia for 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately 11% and 12% of the Company's business activity is with customers located in North Carolina for 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no other significant regional, industrial or group concentrations during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance

The Company is the owner and beneficiary of a life insurance policy on its president. The cash surrender value relative to the policy in place net of a policy loan of $0 and $0, respectively at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $509,004 and $475,907, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred interest expense of $0 and $1,405 respectively in connection with this loan, included in interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.



F-26



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amounts of financial instruments as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, including finance contract and related receivables, prepaid expenses, drafts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity for these instruments. The fair value of notes receivable, the line of credit and long-term debt are based on current rates at which the Company could borrow funds with similar remaining maturities and the carrying value approximates fair value.


Income Taxes

Effective January 1, 2017, SPFM elected to change its tax status from an S Corporation to a C Corporation for income tax purposes. In connection with the agreement of share exchange executed on March 22, 2017 (see Note 1), SPFM became a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPFH, and as a result, SPFH filed consolidated US income tax returns starting in 2018.


The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.


Uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company has no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows were required as of September 30, 2020.


The SPFM tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2015 through 2019 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions. SPFM filed consolidated US income tax returns with SPFH for 2018 and 2019. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities. SPFM recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. SPFM did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.


Earnings per Common Share

The Corporation accounts for earnings (loss) per share in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 260 - 10, “Earnings Per Share”, which establishes the requirements for presenting earnings per share (“EPS”). FASB ASC Topic No. 260 - 10 requires the presentation of “basic” and “diluted” EPS on the face of the statement of operations. Basic EPS amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS assumes the exercise of all stock options, warrants and convertible securities having exercise prices less than the average market price of the common stock during the periods, using the treasury stock method. When a loss from operations exists, potential common shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts.



F-27



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, stock options to purchase 187,400 and 0 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively, as described in Note 11. These stock options vest on March 1, 2022 and are anti-dilutive and not included in the calculation of diluted EPS at September 30, 2020 and 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, stock warrants to purchase 800,000 and 0 shares of common stock were outstanding, respectively, as described in Note 11. Although these stock warrants vested immediately, they are not “in-the-money” and are thus anti-dilutive and not included in the calculation of diluted EPS at September 30, 2020 and 2019. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock can be converted to common stock at 20% of the prevailing market price over the previous 30-day period at the option of the Company.


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


Premium Finance Contracts and Related Receivable represent monthly payments due on insurance premium finance contracts. The Company finances insurance policies over periods from three months to one year for businesses and consumers who make an initial down payment of, on average, 25 percent of the insurance policy amounts. The entire amount of the contract is recorded including amounts due for finance charges and services charges. These receivables are reported net of unearned interest for financial statements purposes.


Premium finance contract and agents’ receivable consists of the following:


Description

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Premium finance contract and agents’ receivable at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premium finance contracts outstanding

 

$

38,605,643

 

 

$

36,376,185

 

Insurance premium finance contracts cancelled

 

 

3,018,951

 

 

 

3,433,680

 

 

 

 

41,624,594

 

 

 

39,809,865

 

Amounts due from agents

 

 

1,025,047

 

 

 

951,595

 

Less: Unearned interest

 

 

(1,255,670

)

 

 

(1,176,554

)

 

 

 

41,393,971

 

 

 

39,584,906

 

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(810,882

)

 

 

(785,532

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

40,583,089

 

 

$

38,799,374

 


The allowance for doubtful accounts at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are as follows:


Allowance for premium finance contracts cancelled

 

$

631,586

 

 

$

606,236

 

Allowance for amounts due from agents

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

179,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

810,882

 

 

$

785,532

 





F-28



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


3. Premium Finance Contracts, Related Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Continued)


Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows:


 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Balance, at the beginning of the period

 

$

785,532

 

 

$

992,153

 

Current year provision

 

 

929,000

 

 

 

1,135,000

 

Direct write-downs charged against the allowance

 

 

(1,176,511

)

 

 

(1,533,449

)

Recoveries of amounts previously charged off

 

 

272,861

 

 

 

191,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

 

$

810,882

 

 

$

785,532

 


4. Property and Equipment, Net


The Company’s property and equipment consists of the following:


 

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer Software

 

$

26,207

 

 

$

25,507

 

Automobile

 

 

59,076

 

 

 

59,076

 

Furniture & Fixtures

 

 

14,273

 

 

 

14,273

 

Leasehold Improvements

 

 

116,811

 

 

 

116,811

 

Computer Equipment

 

 

59,927

 

 

 

54,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

276,294

 

 

 

269,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(204,594

)

 

 

(185,047

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

71,700

 

 

$

84,861

 


The Company recorded depreciation expense of $19,547 and $26,510, respectively for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.


5. Leases


The Company accounts for lease in accordance with ASC Topic 842. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the total lease cost was $88,200 and $87,667, respectively.




F-29



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


6. Drafts Payable


Drafts payable outstanding represent unpaid drafts that have not been disbursed by the bank as of the reporting date, on insurance premium finance contracts received by the Company prior to the reporting date. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the draft payable balances are $1,409,557 and $1,287,696, respectively.


7. Line of Credit


On October 5, 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive twenty-four month loan agreement with a commercial bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of $25,000,000. The Company recorded $164,396 of loan origination costs. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. On October 5, 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


At December 31, 2019, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (4.46% at December 31, 2019). As of December 31, 2019, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $26,885,221 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $61,649 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 totaled approximately $920,025. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for nine months ended September 30, 2019 of $61,648.


At September 30, 2020, the advance rate was 85% of the aggregate unpaid balance of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable. The line of credit is secured by all the Company’s assets and is personally guaranteed by our CEO and four significant stockholders of the Company. The line of credit bears interest at 30 Day Libor plus 2.75% per annum (3.75% at September 30, 2020). The terms of the Line of Credit agreement provide for a minimum interest of 3.75% when the 30 day Libor falls below 1%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the minimum rate of 3.75% was in effect. As of September 30, 2020, the amount of principal outstanding on the line of credit was $27,407,667 and is reported on the balance sheet net of $0 of unamortized loan origination fees. Interest expense on this line of credit for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 totaled approximately $792,422. The Company recorded amortized loan origination fee for nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $61,649.


The Company’s agreement with the WNB contained certain financial covenants and restrictions. Under these restrictions, all the Company’s assets are pledged to secure the line of credit, the Company must maintain certain financial ratios such as an adjusted tangible net worth ratio, interest coverage ratio and senior leverage ratio. The loan agreement also provides for certain covenants such as audited financial statements, notice of change of control, budget, permission for any new debt, copy of filings with regulatory bodies, minimum balances. Management believes it was in compliance with the applicable debt covenants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.




F-30



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


8. PPP Loan


On April 18, 2020, the Company entered into a $271,000 loan with its primary lender, under a program administered by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) as part of the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) approved under the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act” (“CARES Act”) (Pub. L. No. 116-136). The loan matures in two (2) years and accrues interest at 1% from the origination of the loan. After a 6 month deferral, interest and principal payments are due monthly. The Note is subject to partial or full forgiveness, the terms of which are dictated by the SBA, the CARES Act, section 7(a)(36) of the Small Business Act, all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder including, without limitation, Interim Final Rule RIN 3245-AH34, subsequent SBA guidance, and the Code of Federal Regulations. The payment deferral period was extended until September 18, 2021.


As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balance of the PPP loan is as follows:


 

 

September 30, 2020
(unaudited)

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Total PPP loan

 

$

271,000

 

 

 

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(15,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

255,978

 

 

 

 


9. Note Payable – Others


At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balances of long-term unsecured notes to unrelated parties are as follows:


 

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

Total notes payable - Others

 

$

4,112,172

 

 

$

4,435,606

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(1,305,681

)

 

 

(880,576

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,806,491

 

 

$

3,555,030

 


These are notes payable to individuals. The notes have interest payable monthly, ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through December 31, 2025. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $201,000 and $224,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company received proceeds on these notes of $150,000 and $289,682 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company repaid principal on these notes of $300,000 and $230,000 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On June 30, 2020, the Company exchanged $70,000 of outstanding notes for 7,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.




F-31



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


10. Note Payable – Stockholders and Related Parties


At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balances of long-term notes payable to stockholders and related parties are as follows:


 

 

2020
(unaudited)

 

 

2019

 

Total notes payable - Related parties

 

$

4,260,293

 

 

$

3,596,859

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(627,302

)

 

 

(930,400

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,632,991

 

 

$

2,666,459

 


These are notes payable to stockholders and related parties. The notes have interest payable monthly ranging from 6% to 8% per annum and are unsecured and subordinated. The principal is due on various dates through September 30, 2024. The notes roll-over at periods from 8 months to 4 years on maturity unless the note holder requests repayment through written instructions at least 90 days prior to the expiration date. Interest expense on these notes totaled approximately $238,000 and $207,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company received proceeds on these notes of $80,000 and $125,100 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company repaid principal on these notes of $0 and $12,000 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


11. Equity


Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 600,000 shares had been designated as Series A convertible and 99,000 shares had been issued and are outstanding. In April 2020, 10,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $100,000 cash. In June 2020, 9,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $20,000 in cash and exchanged for $70,000 of notes payable for a total of $90,000. In July 2020, 5,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $50,000 cash. In August 2020, 15,000 Series A convertible preferred shares were issued for $150,000 cash.


In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $10 for each share of preferred stock, plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. The Company may redeem the preferred stock from the holders at any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of the preferred stock. The Company shall also have the right to convert any or all of the preferred stock into common stock at a 20% discount to the market price of common shares with written approval of the stockholder.




F-32



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


11. Equity (Continued)


Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive preferential cumulative dividends, only if declared by the board of directors, at a rate of 7% per annum per share of the liquidation preference amount of $10 per share. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Board of Directors has declared and paid dividends on the preferred stock of $33,250 and $83,647, respectively. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, preferred dividends are in arrears by $15,727 and $10,500, respectively. December 31, 2019 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in January 2020. March 31, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in April 2020. June 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in July 2020. September 30, 2020 dividends in arrears were declared and paid in October 2020.


Common Stock

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company was authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which 2,905,016 and 3,505,016 shares, respectively were issued and outstanding.


On March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Stock Options

In 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the creation of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). The 2019 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options to designated employees, certain key advisors and non-employee members of the Board of Directors with the opportunity to receive grant awards to acquire, in the aggregate, up to 300,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock.


A summary of information regarding the stock options outstanding is as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Issued

  

 

187,400

  

  

 

0.80

  

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

 

 

187,400

 

 

$

 0.80

 

 

 

11.4 years

 

 

The above outstanding options were granted on March 1, 2020, to designated Officers and employees. All of the options have not vested and will vest on March 1, 2022. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation recognized $20,224 and $0, respectively, of stock option expense.




F-33



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 



11. Equity (Continued)


The fair value of the stock option originated in 2020 was determined using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions:


Assumptions

 

Grant Date

(1) dividend yield of

 

0%

(2) expected volatility of

 

50%

(3) risk-free interest rate of

 

0.89%

(4) expected life of

 

6 years

(5) estimated fair value

 

$0.79


Stock Warrants

On April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 of previously authorized warrants for the purchase of common stock that are split into two classes of warrants. The 400,000 Class W4 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and exercisable at a strike price of $4 for a period of five (5) years. The 400,000 Class W12 warrants are issued at $.001 Par Value and are exercisable at a strike price of $12 for a period of five (5) years. A summary of information regarding the stock options outstanding is as follows:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Issued (Class W4)

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

4.00

 

 

 

 

 

Issued (Class W12)

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

12.00

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

 

 

800,000

 

 

$

8.00

 

 

 

4.5 years

 

 

The above outstanding warrants were issued on April 1, 2020, to designated Officers, Directors, and consultants with a total fair value of $27,200 on the grant date. The warrants vested immediately. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation recognized $27,200 and $0, respectively, of stock warrant expense.




F-34



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 



11. Equity (Continued)


The fair value of the stock warrants originated in 2020 was determined using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions:


Assumptions

 

Grant Date

(1) dividend yield of

 

0%

(2) expected volatility of *

 

50%

(3) risk-free interest rate of

 

0.37%

(4) expected life of

 

5 years

(5) estimated fair value

 

$0.79

* Expected volatility is calculated using the historical volatility of other companies within the industry


COVID-19

In the early months of 2020, the novel coronavirus COVID-19 became a worldwide pandemic. It is impossible to predict the effect of the continued spread of the coronavirus. Should the coronavirus continue to spread or not be contained where there are current outbreaks, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be negatively impacted. Through December 17, 2020, the Company has not seen any material changes to its results of operations due to COVID-19. Furthermore, the Company efficiently rolled out a “work-from-home” policy, purchasing and re-locating equipment to allow employees to safely continue their work.


12. Related Party Transactions


The Company has engaged in transactions with related parties primarily shareholders, officers and directors and their relatives that involve financing activities and services to the Company. The following discussion summarizes its activities with related parties.


Office lease

The Company entered a five-year lease for its office space in Miami, FL with an entity that is controlled by our CEO and related parties. The Company leases approximately 3,000 square feet of office space. Rent of $7,451 is paid monthly. The lease contract expires in February 2021.


Line of credit

As discussed in Note 7, the Company secured its primary financing in part through the assistance of our CEO and several significant shareholders who guaranteed the loan to the financial institution. The current line of credit with Woodforest National Bank was initiated at $25,000,000. On July 30, 2019, the Company’s line of credit was modified to $27,500,000, maturing October 5, 2020. On October 5, 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


Notes payable

As discussed in Note 10, the Company has been advanced funds by its shareholders. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the amounts advanced were $4,260,293 and $3,596,859, respectively.




F-35



Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 


12. Related Party Transactions (continued)


Common Stock

As discussed in Note 11, on March 30, 2020, the Company repurchased and retired 600,000 shares of common stock from a significant shareholder. The Company issued a $480,000 note payable in exchange for these shares, which is due four years from the repurchase date bearing 8% interest. The Company retains the right to prepay the note at any time with no prepayment penalty.


Stock Options

As discussed in Note 11, on March 1, 2020, the Company issued 187,400 stock options, of which 167,400 stock options were issued to officers and directors under the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan. The impact on future earnings from this transaction is a total of $69,338, which will be amortized over 24 months at a rate of $2,889 per month. This transaction will also increase additional paid in capital over the same period at the same rate.


Stock Warrants

As discussed in Note 11, on April 1, 2020, the Company issued 800,000 stock warrants, of which 800,000 stock warrants were issued to officers, directors, and a related party. The impact on current earnings from this transaction is a total of $27,200, which was expensed immediately as the warrants vested immediately on grant date. This transaction also increased additional paid-in capital by the same amount.


13. Commitments and Contingencies


From time-to-time, we may be involved in litigation or be subject to claims arising out of our operations or content appearing on our websites in the normal course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.


14. Subsequent Events


In preparing the condensed consolidated financial statements, management has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through December 17, 2020, the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.


In October 2020, the Company repaid $300,000 of notes payable (others). In November and December 2020, the Company repaid $21,000 of notes payable (others) and $12,000 of notes payable (stockholders and related party).


In October 2020, the Company’s line of credit was extended to a maturity date of January 5, 2021.


In October 2020, the Board of Directors declared and paid dividends on the Series A convertible preferred stock of $15,727.






F-36


 


EXHIBIT 2.1


AGREEMENT OF SHARE EXCHANGE

THIS AGREEMENT OF SHARE EXCHANGE (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into as of March 22, 2017 by and between Standard Premium Finance Holdings Inc., a Florida corporation (“Holdings”), Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, a Florida corporation (“SPFMC”) and the shareholders of SPFMC common stock who execute a counterpart of this Agreement (referred to collectively as the “Shareholders” and individually as a “Shareholder”) for the purpose of effecting a non-statutory share exchange to facilitate the formation of a holding company that will own all of the issued and outstanding shares of SPFMC.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Holdings and SPFMC desire to effect a holding company structure for SPFMC by a share exchange whereby the outstanding shares of SPFMC common stock will be exchanged for shares of Holdings common stock such that, upon the effectuation of the share exchange, SPFMC will become a subsidiary of Holdings;

WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Holdings and SPFMC deem it advisable and in the best interests of the parties and their respective shareholders that the outstanding shares of SPFMC will be exchanged for shares of Holdings pursuant to this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Holdings and SPFMC by resolution have duly approved this Agreement of Share Exchange.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and conditions herein contained, SPFMC, Holdings and the Shareholders hereby mutually agree to exchange SPFMC common stock for Holding common stock on the terms and conditions and in the manner and on the basis hereinafter provided:

1. The Share Exchange. At the closing of the share exchange (the “Closing”) as determined in accordance with Section 7(a), each outstanding share of SPFMC common stock held by the Shareholders will be exchanged for 28.3 newly issued shares of Holdings common stock (the “Share Exchange”). No fractional shares of Holdings common stock will be issued for SPFMC Common Stock.  In lieu thereof, each Shareholder of SPFMC common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Holdings common stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of Holdings common stock to be received by such Shareholder) shall be entitled to receive one whole share of Holdings common stock. Immediately after the Closing, Holdings shall own all outstanding shares of SPFMC common stock held by the Shareholders and may cause SPFMC to reissue to Holdings one or more stock certificate(s) representing the aggregate number of shares received by Holdings in the Share Exchange. After the Closing Holdings shall be the shareholder of the SPFMC common stock exchanged by the Shareholders pursuant to the Share Exchange and no SPFMC Shareholder shall have any rights arising out of or relating to such SPFMC common stock.




 


2. Surrender of Share Certificates. Each holder of a certificate representing shares of SPFMC common stock to be exchanged under this Agreement will be entitled, after the Closing and upon presentation and surrender to Holdings (or its agent) of such certificate, to receive in exchange therefor a certificate representing the number of shares of

Holdings common stock to which such holder is entitled under this Agreement or written confirmation of such issuance. Until so surrendered, each outstanding certificate that prior to the Closing represented shares of SPFMC common stock will be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of the applicable number of shares of duly issued and nonassessable Holdings common stock after the Closing.  

3. Tax-Free Reorganization. SPFMC, Holdings and the Shareholders intend that the Share Exchange constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”), section 368(a)(1)(B), and that this Agreement constitute a plan of reorganization thereunder. Neither SPFMC, Holdings nor any Shareholder shall take any position inconsistent with such intentions.

4. Conditions to Share Exchange Closing. The respective obligations of the parties hereunder to effect the Share Exchange shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality. No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other law preventing or making illegal the consummation of the Share Exchange shall be in effect. 

(b)  Regulatory Approval. SPFMC and Holdings have taken all actions and received all required licenses and approvals from the Florida Department of Insurance Regulation in connection with the Share Exchange.  

(c) Approval of Required Parties. SPFMC and Holdings shall have received the approval of or waiver by any party whose approval or waiver is required pursuant to any contractual agreement with SPFMC or Holdings.

(d) Adoption by SFPMC Shareholders. The holders of at least 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of SFPMC shall have entered into this Agreement.

5. Closing, Amendment, Abandonment.

(a) The Closing (the “Closing”) of the Share Exchange shall be held at the offices of SPFMC, or such other place as shall be mutually agreed upon, on such date as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties. In the event the Closing herein has not been completed by June 30, 2017 any party hereto may terminate this Agreement and in such event this Agreement shall be null and void.

(b) Amendment. At any time prior to the Closing, this Agreement may be amended by the parties.

(c) Abandonment. At any time prior to the Closing, the boards of directors of each of Holdings and SPFMC may, in their discretion, abandon the Share Exchange and in such event this Agreement shall be null and void.



2




 


6. Shareholders’ Representative. The Shareholders hereby irrevocably designate and appoint William J. Koppelmann as their agent and attorney in fact (“Shareholders’ Representative”) with full power and authority until the Closing, as such term is defined in Section 5(a) hereof, to execute, deliver and receive on their behalf all notices, requests, certificates and other communications under this Agreement; to fix and alter on their behalf the date, time and place of the Closing; to waive, amend or modify any provisions of this Agreement and to take such other action on their behalf in connection with the Agreement, the Closing and the transactions contemplated thereby as the Shareholders Representative deems appropriate; provided, however, that no such waiver, amendment or modification may be made if it would decrease the number of shares to be issued to the Shareholders as set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement.


7.  Securities Law Matters.


(a)  Share Ownership. Each Shareholder represents and warrants that its shares of SPFMC common stock are owned of record and beneficially by the Shareholder and such shares are not subject to any lien, encumbrance, pledge, right of first refusal, voting trust or voting agreement.  The Shareholder holds authority to exchange such shares pursuant to this Agreement and the person executing this Agreement on behalf of the Shareholder is duly authorized to bind and obligate Shareholder to the terms of this Agreement.


(b)  Investment Intent. Each Shareholder understands and acknowledges that the Holdings common stock is being offered in the Share Exchange without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon the exemption from registration for nonpublic offerings.  The Holdings common stock being received are “restricted securities” as such term in defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Each Shareholder makes the following representations and warranties with the intent that the same may be relied upon in determining the suitability of the Shareholder as a purchaser of these securities:


(i) The shares of Holdings common stock are being acquired solely for the account of the Shareholder, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and with no present intention of distributing or reselling any part of the Holdings common stock.


(ii) The Shareholder agrees not to dispose of the Holdings common stock or any portion thereof unless and until counsel for Holdings shall have determined that the intended disposition is permissible under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or other exemption from applicable securities laws or pursuant to a registration under the Securities Act. Shareholder acknowledges that Holdings has no obligations to file a registration statement for such shares under the Securities Act.


(iii) Shareholder acknowledges that Holdings has made all documentation pertaining to the Share Exchange available to the Shareholder and to the Shareholder’s qualified representatives, if any, and has offered such person or persons an opportunity to discuss the offer with the officers of Holdings and SPFMC.




3




 


(iv) In the event of any underwritten public offering of Holdings’ shares, Shareholder will execute and comply with any market hold-off agreement required by the underwriters for a period not to exceed 180 days from the closing of any such public offering to the same extent that affiliates of Corporation agree to such market hold-off requirements.


(v) The Shareholder agrees that the certificates evidencing the Holdings common stock acquired pursuant to this Agreement will have a legend placed thereon referring to the restrictions on sale herein and such other legends as required by applicable law.


(c)  Consent to Share Exchange.  Shareholder’s execution of a counterpart of this Agreement represents Shareholder’s consent to the Share Exchange for purposes of the Florida Business Corporation Act.

8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Headings. The article and section captions used herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) Counterparts; Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement or amendments thereto and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or by email transmission in portable document format, or similar format, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of such instrument(s) as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement or amendment for all purposes. Signatures of any party transmitted by facsimile or by email transmission in portable document format, or similar format, shall be deemed to be original signatures for all purposes.

(d) Effect of Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

(f) Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 



4




 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement of Share Exchange to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION 


By: _________________________________

William J. Koppelmann, President


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC. 


By: _________________________________

William J. Koppelmann, President

 

SHAREHOLDERS SIGNATURE PAGE:

 


____________________________________

   

    Signature of Shareholder



____________________________________

           Printed Name of Shareholder



____________________________________

           Social Security Number or

 Federal Employer Identification Number



Shares of SPFMC held by Shareholder:

Shares of Holdings to be received by

Shareholder:



____________________

____________________




5



 


EXHIBIT 3.1


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


*     *     *


ARTICLE 1

Name


The name of the corporation is STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


ARTICLE 2

Purpose


The purpose or purposes of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Florida Business Corporation Act.


ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock


Section 1. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue shall be 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $.001 per share and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $.001 per share.


Section 2. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and to establish from time-to-time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.


ARTICLE 4

Right to Amend or Repeal Articles


The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation or any amendment hereto, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights and powers herein conferred on shareholders are granted subject to this reserved power.


ARTICLE 5

Indemnification of Directors and Officers


Section 1. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify its current and former directors and officers against liabilities, damages, settlements and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising out of the Corporation’s affairs to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, and shall advance such expenses to any such persons as incurred.




 




Section 2. Effect of Modification.  Any repeal or modification of any provision of  this Article 5 by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right to indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.


Section 3. Liability Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent to another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against liability under the provision of this Article 5.


Section 4. No Rights of Subrogation. Indemnification hereunder and under the Bylaws shall be a personal right and the Corporation shall have no liability under this Article 5 to any insurer or any person, corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity (other than the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) by reason of subrogation, assignment or succession by any other means to the claim of any person to indemnification hereunder or under the Corporation’s Bylaws.


ARTICLE 6

Severability


In the event any provision (including any provision within a single article, section, paragraph or sentence) of these Articles should be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and parts hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain in full force and effect and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.


ARTICLE 7

Principal Office, Registered Office, Registered Agent


The address of the principal office of this Corporation is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186. The address of the initial registered office of this Corporation is 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186 and the name of the initial registered agent of this Corporation at that address is Margaret Ruiz.


ARTICLE 8

Incorporator


The name and address of the person signing these Articles is Margaret Ruiz with an address of 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186.










 


ARTICLE 9

Initial Directors and Officers


William J. Koppelmann shall be the initial Director and President of this Corporation. Margaret Ruiz shall be the initial Secretary of this Corporation.



ARTICLE 10

Elections


The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 607.0901 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time, related to affiliated transactions. The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 607.0902 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time, related to control share acquisitions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned subscriber has executed these Articles of Incorporation this 5th day of April 2016.


The undersigned, having been named as registered agent to accept service of process for this Corporation at the place designated herein, is familiar with and accepts the duties and obligations as registered agent for this Corporation and agrees to act in this capacity.



By:

/s/ Margaret Ruiz

 

Margaret Ruiz, Incorporator and Registered Agent






 


EXHIBIT 3.2


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


*     *     *


Pursuant to the provisions of Section 507.1006 and 607.0602 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, the undersigned Corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation.

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.


SECOND: Set forth below is a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors on May     , 2016 establishing a series of Preferred Stock of this Corporation. The amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors without shareholder action and shareholder action was not required.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Amendment as of May , 2016.


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

William Koppelmann, President



RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation be, and. it hereby is, created out of the authorized but unissued shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation, such series to be designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and having the voting, dividend, conversion, priorities, preferences and relative and other rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions set forth as follows:


400,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), par value $.001 per share, which shall have the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock as set forth below.


1.

Dividends.


(a)

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared, by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or a duly authorized committee thereof, out of funds of the Corporation legally available for such purpose, preferential




 


cumulative cash dividends at the rate of 7.00% per annum of the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) per share. Such dividends shall be payable in cash, quarterly in arrears on each March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year or, if not a Business Day (as defined below), the next succeeding Business Day (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), beginning on June 30, 2016. Any dividend payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for any partial dividend period will be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. Dividends will be payable in arrears to holders of record as they appear on the share transfer records of the Corporation at the close of business on the applicable record date, which shall be the fifteenth day of March, June, September or December, as the case may be, immediately preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date. As used in these Articles of Incorporation, the term “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which commercial banks located in Miami, Florida are open for the general transaction of business.


(b)

No dividends on Series A Preferred Stock shall be authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or declared or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation at such time as the terms and provisions of any agreement of the Corporation relating to the Corporation's indebtedness or the indebtedness of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation prohibits such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provides that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such declaration or payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law.


(c)

Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall accrue on each share from the date on which such share was issued by the Corporation, and shall accrue from day to day, whether or not earned or declared. Such dividends shall be cumulative so that, if such dividends in respect of any previous or current quarterly dividend period, at the annual rate specified  above, shall not have been paid, the deficiency shall first be fully paid before any dividend or other distribution shall be paid on or declared and set apart for the Common Stock, or any other capital stock. Any accumulation of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall not bear interest. Cumulative dividends with respect to a share of Series A Preferred Stock which are accrued, payable and/or in arrears shall, upon conversion of such share to Common Stock, be paid to the extent assets are legally available therefor.


(d)

Unless all accrued dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared, and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart, no dividend shall be paid or declared, and no distribution shall be made, on any Common Stock or any other class or series of stock of the Corporation.


2.

Liquidation.


(a)

Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to $10.00 for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus all unpaid dividends that have been accrued, accumulated or declared. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the



2



 


Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Section 2(a).


(b)

Remaining Assets. Upon the completion of the distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a), if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation which shall be distributed ratably among such holders in proportion to their respective number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock then held.


(c)

Certain Acquisitions.


(i)

Deemed Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall (A) merge with or into, or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) or undergo a reorganization or other transaction in which the shareholders of the Corporation existing immediately prior to the transaction own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the surviving corporation or other entity following the transaction, unless the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, elect not to treat the transaction as a Liquidation Transaction, or (B) sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business (any such transaction, unless elected otherwise, a “Liquidation Transaction”); provided however, that a merger or share exchange resulting in the acquisition of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, a Florida corporation, as a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation shall not be considered a Liquidation Transaction.


(ii)

Notice of Liquidation Transaction. The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock written notice (the “First Notice”) of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than five Business Days prior to the shareholders' meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or five Business Days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction no later than one Business Day after such final approval. The First Notice shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction, and the Corporation shall give such holders prompt notice of any material changes to the terms and conditions of the Liquidation Transaction that occur after the First Notice. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place earlier than the later to occur of (x) five Business Days after the Corporation has given the First Notice and (y) five Business Days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein.



3



 


(iii)

Effect of Noncompliance. In the event the requirements of this Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the First Notice.


3.

Redemption.


(a)

Redemption at the Option of the Corporation. At any time following the second anniversary of the closing of the original purchase of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock from the Corporation the Corporation may redeem Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, by providing written notice to the Corporation (the “Redemption Notice”), for cash at a redemption price equal to 107% of the Liquidation Preference per share (the “Redemption Price”).


(b)

Payment of Redemption Price. The Redemption Price, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, on such redeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shall be payable to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Redemption Date”),

(i) with respect to a redemption pursuant to Section 3(a), in 36 equal monthly installments beginning on Redemption Date plus interest at an annual rate of 7.00%. The Corporation may prepay the outstanding Redemption Price, in whole or in part, at any time.


(c)

Mechanics of Redemption. Each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Series A Preferred Stock the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate), representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed. The Corporation shall redeem all of the Series A Preferred Stock within 30 days from the date on which the Redemption Notice is given; provided, however, the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay the Redemption Price unless the stock certificate or certificates representing the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate).


(d)

Available Funds for Redemption.


(i)

Legal Availability. No shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed except with assets legally available for the redemption payment. If at any time the Corporation determines that in accordance with the Florida Business Corporation Act it is unable to redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock as elected by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, such redemption obligation shall be suspended as to those shares of Series A Preferred Stock that may not be legally redeemed until such time when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, whereupon such funds immediately will be used to redeem the balance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock which the Corporation has



4



 


become obligated to redeem on the Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed and such funds will not be used for any other purpose.


(ii)

Contractual Restriction. No redemption of Series A Preferred Stock shall be authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation at such time as the terms and provisions of any agreement of the Corporation relating to the Corporation's indebtedness or the indebtedness of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation prohibits such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provides that such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder, or if such authorization or payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law.


(e)

Dividends after Redemption. No redeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to any dividends (declared or otherwise) after the Redemption Date.


(f)

Partial Redemption. Any partial redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be pro-rata among all outstanding shares. If fewer than the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are redeemed as provided in Section 3(c), a new certificate representing the number of unredeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be issued to the holder thereof without cost to such holder within 15 Business Days after surrender of the certificate representing the redeemed shares or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.


4.

Conversion.


(a)

Right of Corporation to Convert.


(i)(a) Optional Conversion. The Corporation shall have the right to convert, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holders thereof, any or all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being so converted and (B) the quotient of the Liquidation Preference divided by the Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, with such adjustment or cash payment for fractional shares as set forth pursuant to Section 4(g). The “Conversion Price” shall initially be $9.00, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c). Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall thus at the Purchase Date be convertible into 1.111 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.


(b)

Optional Conversion After Public Equity Event. After the Common Stock of the Corporation has been sold in an underwritten public offering or is registered under Section 12 (b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is regularly traded the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange or is regularly quoted and traded on the over-the-counter market, the Corporation shall have the right to convert, from time to time, and without payment of additional consideration, any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and



5



 


nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a conversion price equal to ninety (90%) percent of the average of the closing of bid and asked prices over the last twenty (20) Trading Days as reported by the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing bid and asked price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. registered securities exchange, the last quoted closing bid and asked price for the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market or, if the bid asked price is not available, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the- counter market. “Trading Day” means a day during which the trading of securities generally occurs on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted on an

U.S. registered securities exchange, on the U.S. over-the-counter market on which the Common Stock is then quoted. Notwithstanding the foregoing the conversion price under this sub-section shall not be less than 50% of the Conversion Price applicable under sub- section 4(a)(i)(a) at the time of conversion.


(ii)

Notice. To exercise the conversion right described in Section 4(b)(i) (a) or (b), a written notice (the “Conversion Notice”) shall be sent by or on behalf of the Corporation, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of record of Series A Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation up to 10 days and no more than 30 days prior to the Conversion Notice Date (A) notifying such holders of the Corporation’s intent to exercise its optional conversion right and of the date of the optional conversion, which date shall not be less than 5 days nor be more than 30 days after the Conversion Notice Date (the “Conversion Date”), and (ii) stating the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Series A Preferred Stock at which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock called for conversion shall, upon presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate) evidencing such shares, be converted, and the Conversion Price to be applied thereto. The Corporation shall also issue a press release containing such information and publish such information on its website; provided that, failure to issue such press release or publish such information on the Corporation's website shall not act to prevent or delay conversion pursuant to this Section 4(b).


(iii)

Conversion Mechanics. The Corporation shall cause the Conversion Notice to be duly mailed as soon as practicable in accordance with the above provisions. The shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(a) and cash with respect to any accrued and unpaid dividends as provided in Section 4(a)(iv) and cash in an amount sufficient to cover payment for fractional shares as contemplated by Section 4(h) shall be allocated in trust at least one Business Day prior to the Conversion Date, for the pro rata benefit of the holders of record as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation, so as to be and continue to be available therefor. Neither failure to mail such Conversion Notice to one or more such holders nor any defect in such Conversion Notice shall affect the sufficiency of the proceedings for conversion as to other holders.



6



 


(i) Accumulated Dividends. The Corporation may not authorize the mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 4(a) unless, prior to giving the Mandatory Conversion Notice, all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for periods ended prior to the date of such Mandatory Conversion Notice shall have been declared and paid.


(b)

Partial Conversion. Any partial conversion of the Series A  Preferred Stock shall be pro-rata among all outstanding shares. If fewer than the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any certificate are converted as provided in Section 4(a), a new certificate representing the number of unconverted shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be issued to the holder thereof without cost to such holder within 15 Business Days after surrender of the certificate representing the converted shares or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.


(c)

Conversion Price Adjustments of Series A Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:


(i)

Adjustment for Stock Splits, Subdivisions, Reclassifications or Combinations. If the Corporation, at any time after the Purchase Date, (A) pays a dividend or otherwise distributes to holders of its Common Stock, as such, shares of its capital stock (whether Common Stock or capital stock of any other class), (B) subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, (C) combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, or (D) issues any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of its outstanding shares of Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation, merger or other business combination transaction in which the Corporation is the continuing or surviving corporation), the Conversion Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted to the number obtained by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such action and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following such action. For the purposes of this Section 4(c)(i), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Corporation but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.


(ii)

Adjustment for Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Purchase Date, any Liquidation Transaction shall be effected, then, as a condition of such Liquidation Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall then have the right to convert the Series A Preferred Stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such Liquidation Transaction by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock could have



7



 


been converted immediately prior to such Liquidation Transaction, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.


(d)

Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2) payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(c), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(d), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.


(e)

No Impairment. The Corporation will not, through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 4 against impairment.


(f)

Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a Notice of  Redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3, the conversion rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the Redemption Price is not paid on such Redemption Date, in which case the conversion rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Liquidation Transaction, the conversion rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock.


(g)

No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting (or are being automatically converted) into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share of Common Stock on the date of conversion.


(h)

Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Series A Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth



8



 


such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustment and readjustment, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.


(i)

Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.


(j)

Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Series A Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to these Articles of Incorporation.


5.

Voting Rights. Except as expressly provided by these Articles of Incorporation or as provided by law, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held.


6.

Protective Provisions. So long as the shares of Series A Preferred Stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis represent 25% or more of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:


(a)

amend, alter, waive, repeal or modify (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any provision of its Articles of Incorporation (including any filing or amending of



9



 


a certificate of designation for any of its capital stock) or Bylaws of the Corporation so as to adversely affect or otherwise impair any of the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of, or applicable to, the Series A Preferred Stock;


(b)

authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock;


(c)

alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock; or


(d)

increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.


7.

Status of Reacquired Shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock reacquired by the Corporation (including shares of Series A Preferred Stock that shall have been redeemed pursuant to the provisions hereof) or cancelled upon conversion into Common Stock shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, undesignated as to series, and subject to later designation and issuance by the Corporation in accordance with its Articles of Incorporation.



10


 


EXHIBIT 3.3


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

(Document  Number Pl6000041522)


*     *     *

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 507.1006 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, the undersigned Corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation.

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. SECOND: The number of authorized shares of the Corporation's Series A

Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001 par value, is hereby increased to 600,000 shares.


THIRD:

Section 4(a)(i)(a) of the Articles of Amendment filed with the Florida Division of Corporations on May 31, 2016 is hereby amended to read as follows:


(i)(a) Optional Conversion with Shareholder Consent Prior to Public Equity Event. Prior to a Public Equity Event as defined in Section 4(a)(i)(b) the Corporation shall only have the right to convert any outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock with the written approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to be so converted.


FOURTH: Section 4(a)(i)(b) of the Articles of Amendment filed with the Florida Division of Corporations on May 31, 2016 is hereby amended to read as follows:

(b) Optional Conversion After Public Equity Event. After the Common Stock of the Corporation has been sold in an underwritten public offering or is registered under Section 12 (b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is regularly traded the NASDAQ Stock Market or New York Stock Exchange or is regularly quoted and traded on the over-the-counter market, the Corporation shall have the right to convert, from time to time, and without payment of additional consideration, any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at a conversion price equal to eighty (80%) percent of the average of the closing of bid prices over the last twenty (20) Trading Days as reported by the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing bid price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. registered securities exchange, the last quoted closing bid price for the




 


Common Stock in the U.S. over-the-counter market or, if the bid price is not available, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock in the U.S. over-the­ counter market. "Trading Day" means a day during which the trading of securities generally occurs on the principal U.S. registered securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted on an U.S. registered securities exchange, on the U.S. over-the-counter market on which the Common Stock is then quoted. Notwithstanding the foregoing the conversion price under this sub-section shall not be less than 50% of the Conversion Price applicable under sub-section 4(a)(i)(a) at the time of conversion.


This amendment was duly adopted by the Board of Directors without shareholder action and shareholder action was not required.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Amendment as of May 15, 2017.


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

[SPFM_EX3Z3002.GIF]

 




















 


EXHIBIT 3.4

BY-LAWS

OF

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Florida corporation)


ARTICLE I

STOCK CERTIFICATES

1.1 Stock Certificates and Uncertificated Stock. The corporation shall maintain a stock ledger setting forth the owners of all of the issued and outstanding stock of the corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer agent and registrar for one or more classes of stock of the corporation and may make or authorize such agents to make all such rules and regulations deemed expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of stock. The stock of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may authorize the issue of some or all of the stock of any or all of the classes or series of its stock without certificates. Any such authorization shall not apply to stock already represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every owner of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors and which complies with the applicable provisions of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Florida. Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of stock without certificates, the corporation shall send the registered stockholder a written statement containing the information required to be set forth or stated on a stock certificate pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Florida.

1.2 Transfers of Stock. Each request for the transfer of issued and outstanding stock shall be in such form and with such proof of authority and authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Transfers of stock represented by a certificate shall



 


require the surrender of the certificate therefore duly endorsed. The transfer of any stock of the corporation shall be subject to any applicable restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of stock of the corporation.  

1.3 Lost Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates.  Any person claiming a stock certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact in such manner as the Board of Directors may require and shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the corporation and its transfer agent a bond of indemnity in form and amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, as the Board of Directors may require, whereupon the corporation may issue (i) a new certificate or certificates of stock or (ii) uncertificated stock in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders of this corporation shall be held no later than one year after the end of its fiscal year at a place designated by the Board of Directors of the corpo­ration.  Business transacted at the annual meeting shall include the election of directors of the corporation.

2.2 Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held when directed by the president or the Board of Directors or when requested in writing by the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.  A meeting requested by shareholders shall be called for a date not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the request is made, unless the shareholders requesting the meeting designate a later date.  The call for the meeting shall be issued by the secretary, unless the president or the Board of Directors shall designate another person to do so.

2.3 Place.  Both annual and special meetings of sharehold­ers may be held within or without the State of Florida.



 


2.4 Notice.  Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, either personally or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary or the officer or the person calling the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail ad­dressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

2.5 Notice of Adjourned Meeting.  When a meeting is ad­journed to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting to which the adjournment is taken, and at the adjournment meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.  If, however, after the ad­journment, the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in this section to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to vote at such meeting.

2.6 Closing of Transfer Books and Fixing Record Date.  For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment there­of, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days.  If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting.

In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of sharehold­ers, not less than ten (10) days



 


prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.

If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders.

Once a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.7 Shareholder Quorum and Voting.  Thirty-five percent (35%) of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.  When a spec­ified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series of stock, a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such items of business by that class or series.

If a quorum is present, an affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless otherwise provided by law.

After a quorum has been established at the sharehold­ers’ meetings, the subsequent withdrawal of shareholders, so as to reduce the number of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting below the number required for a quorum, shall not affect the validity of any action taken at the meeting or any adjourn­ment thereof.

2.8 Conduct of Meeting.  The meeting of the shareholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the chairman of the board, if any; the president; a vice president; or, if none of the foregoing is in office, present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the shareholders.  The secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an assistant secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the



 


secretary nor an assistant secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

2.9 Voting of Shares.  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at the meeting of shareholders.  Treasury shares, shares of stock of this corporation owned by another corporation (the majority of the voting stock of which is owned or controlled by this corporation), and shares of stock of this corporation held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any such meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

At each election for directors, every shareholder entitled to vote at election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected at that time and for whose election he has a right to vote.

Such shareholder shall not have the right to accumulate his votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of directors to be elected at that time multiplied by the number of his shares, or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of such candidates.

Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by the officer, agent or proxy designated by the by-laws of the corporate shareholder; or in the absence of any applicable by-laws, by such person as the Board of Directors of the corporate shareholder may designate.  Proof of such designation may be made by presentation of a certified copy of the by-laws or other instrument of the corporate shareholder.  In the absence of any such designation, or in the case of conflicting designation by the corporate shareholder, the chair­man of the board, president, any vice president, secretary and treasurer of the corporate shareholder shall be presumed to possess, in that order, authority to vote such shares.



 


Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.

Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do be continued in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was ap­pointed.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be enti­tled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter, the pledgee or his nominee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

On and after the date on which written notice of redemption or redeemable shares has been mailed to the holders thereof in a sum sufficient to redeem such shares has been deposited with a bank or trust company with irrevocable instruc­tion and authority to pay the redemption price to the holders thereof upon surrender of certificates therefore, such shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter and shall not be deemed to be outstanding shares.

2.10 Proxies.  Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting or a shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. The corporation is required to solicit proxies for all shareholder meetings.

Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney-in-fact.  A signed proxy is presumed valid.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except as otherwise provided by law.

The authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked by the incompetence or death of the shareholder who executed the proxy unless, before the authority is exercised, written



 


notice of an adjudication of such incompetence or such death is received by the corporate officer responsible for maintaining the list of shareholders.

If a proxy for the same shares confers authority upon two or more persons and does not otherwise provide, a majority of them present at the meeting, or if only one is present, then that one may exercise all the powers conferred by the proxy; but if the proxy holders present at the meeting are equally divided as to the right and manner of voting in any particular case, the voting of such shares shall be prorated.

If a proxy expressly provides, any proxy holder may appoint in writing a substitute to act in his place.

2.11 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting.  Any action required by law, these By-laws or the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation, to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the shareholders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required by the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of shares entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total shares entitled to vote thereon.

Within ten (10) days after obtaining such authorization by written consent, notice shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.  The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action and, if the action be a merger, consolidation or sale or exchange of assets for which the dissenters’ rights are provided for by law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of shareholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with the further provisions of law regarding the rights of dissenting shareholders.



 


2.12 Actions Requiring Shareholder Approval. The corporation is required to obtain shareholder approval of certain issuances of securities, including:

a.

Acquisitions where the issuance equals 20% or more of the pre-transaction outstanding shares, or 5% or more of the pre-transaction outstanding shares when a related party has a 5% or greater interest in the acquisition target,

b.

Issuances resulting in a change of control,

c.

Equity compensation,

d.

Private placements where the issuance equals 20% or more of the pre-transaction outstanding shares at a price less than the greater of book or market value.

2.13 Reduction of Voting Rights. Corporate actions or issuances cannot disparately reduce or restrict the voting rights of existing shareholders.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

3.1 Function.  All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors (“Board” or “Board of Directors”).

3.2 Qualification.  Directors need not be residents of this state or shareholders of this corporation.

3.3 Compensation.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.4 Duties of Directors.  A director shall perform his duties as a director, including his duties as a member of any committee of the Board upon which he may serve, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.



 


In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by:

a.

One or more officers or employees of the corpo­ration whom the director reasonable believes to be reliable and competent in the matter presented;

b.

Counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the director reasonable believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence; or

c.

A committee of the Board upon which he does not serve, duly designated in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws, as to matters within its designated authority, which committee the director reasonable believes to merit competence.

A director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge of the matter in question that would cause such reliance described above to be unwarranted. A person who performs his duties in compliance with this section shall have no liability by reason of being or having been a director of this corporation.

3.5 Number of Directors and Director Independence.  This corporation shall have a minimum of one (1) director and a maximum of fifteen (15) directors.  The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to these By-laws, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the terms of any incumbent director.

This corporation’s board of directors is required to have a majority of independent directors. Independent director shall have the meaning defined in NASDAQ Rule 5605.

3.6 Election and Term.  Independent directors must select or recommend nominees for directors. At each annual meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting based on a Tiered System (the “Tiers”). Each director shall hold office for the term respective to his Tier and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, removal from office, or death. In



 


such year where a Tier of Directors is not up for election, no shareholder vote will be held for that Tier.

The Board of Directors shall be divided into the following Tiers:

(a)

Tier 1 shall have four (4) seats. Each Director in Tier 1 shall serve a term of one (1) year.

(b)

Tier 2 shall have four (4) seats. Each Director in Tier 2 shall serve a term of two (2) years.

(c)

Tier 3 shall have three (3) seats. Each Director in Tier 3 shall serve a term of three (3) years.

3.7 Vacancies.  Any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office only until the next election of direc­tors by the shareholders.

3.8 Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.9 Quorum in Voting.  A majority of the number of direc­tors fixed by these By-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The act of the majority of the direc­tors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

3.10 Board Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, designate and appoint one or more of the following committees, which shall be comprised of member so the Board of Directors:

a.  Audit Committee.  The corporation is required to have an Audit Committee consisting solely of independent directors who also satisfy the requirements of SEC Rule 10A-3 and who can read and understand fundamental financial statements. The Audit Committee musthave at least three (3) members. One



 


member of the Audit Committee must have experience that results in the individual’s financial sophistication.

b.  Compensation Committee.  The corporation is required to have a Compensation Committee consisting solely of independent directors and having at least two (2) members. Compensation Committee members must pass an additional independence test defined by NASDAQ Rule 5605(d)(2)(a). The Compensation Committee must determine, or recommend to the full board for determination, the compensation of the chief executive officer and all other executive officers.

c.  Nominating Committee.  The corporation is required to have a Nominating Committee consisting solely of independent directors and having at least three (3) members. The Nominating Committee must select, or recommend for the full board to select, director nominees for director elections or filling vacancies in the board of directors.

d.  Standing and Other Committees.  The Board of Directors may appoint standing or such other committees of directors, officers or otherwise as deemed desirable including, but not limited to a Finance Commit­tee. Standing committees shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board and shall have their members appointed by the Board of Directors from within or without its own membership, at any meeting held for that purpose.  In every case, standing committees shall be subject to the general super­vision of the Board of Directors to whom each of them shall make a report not less often than annually, containing such recommen­dations as its membership deems necessary, appropriate or desir­able.  Other committees, temporary or continuing, shall act with respect to such special or general problems as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine.  Any or all of such other committee or committees may be terminated at any time by the Board of Directors.



 


3.11 Place of Meetings.  Regular and special meetings by the Board of Directors may be held within or without the State of Florida.  Meeting shall be held at such place as shall be fixed by the Board.

3.12 Time, Notice, and Call of Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual shareholders meeting.  Written notice of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by either personal delivery, electronic transmission, telegram or cablegram at least two (2) days before the meeting or by notice mailed to the director at least five (5) days before the meeting.

Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice either before or after the meeting.  Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting and waiver of any and all obligations to the place of the meeting, the time of the meeting or the manner in which it has been called or convened, except when a director states, at the beginning of the meeting, any objection to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Direc­tors need be specified in the notice of waiver of notice of such meeting.

A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum exists, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time and place.  Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment and, unless the time and place of the ad­journed meeting are announced at the time of the adjournment, to the other directors.

Meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of the board, by the president of the corporation or by any one or more directors.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Board by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.



 


3.13 Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the directors of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors or a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so to be taken, signed by all of the directors or all the members of the committee, as the case may be, is filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.  Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION

Each person who at any time is, or shall have been, a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, and is threatened to be or is made a party of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is, or was, a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or served at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the full extent allowed under the Florida Statutes and such expenses shall be advanced as incurred upon receipt of an undertaking to repay such amount if such person is found not to be entitled to such indemnification pursuant to such Statutes.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights or indemnification to which any such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Officers. The officers of this corporation consist of a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a trea­surer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary may be elected



 


or appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.  The failure to elect a president, vice president, secretary or treasurer shall not affect the existence of this corporation.

5.2 Duties.  The officers of the corporation shall have the following duties:

a.  President.  The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall have general and active management of business and affairs of the corporation subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, and shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders.

b.  Vice President.  The vice presidents shall perform such duties as shall, from time to time, be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the president, and in the absence of the president shall act in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise prescribed by the Board.

c. Secretary.  The secretary shall have custody of, and shall maintain, all of the corporate records except the financial records, shall record the minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors, send out all notices of meetings, and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the president.

d.  Treasurer.  The treasurer shall have custody of all corporate funds and financial records, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements and render accounts thereof at the annual meetings of the shareholders and whenever else required by the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the president.

5.3 Removal of Officers.  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby.



 


Any officer or agent elected by the shareholders may be removed only by vote of the shareholders, unless the shareholders shall have authorized the directors to remove such officer or agent.

Any vacancy, however occurring, in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors, unless the By-laws shall have expressly reserved such powers to the shareholders.

Removal of any officer shall by without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed; however, election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

5.4 Compensation of Officers.  The officers shall receive such salary or compensation as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Code of Conduct. The corporation must adopt a Code of Conduct applicable to all directors, officers, and employees.

5.6 Conflict of Interest. The corporation must conduct appropriate review and oversight of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations.

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

6.1 Books and Records.  This corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceeding s of its shareholders, Board of Directors and committees of directors.

This corporation shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all the shareholders and the number, or class and series, if any, of the shares held by each.

Any books, records and minutes may be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.



 


6.2 Shareholders’ Inspection Rights.  The corporation must make its annual and interim reports available to shareholders electronically through the company’s website, no later than (4) months after completion of the review or audit by the company’s independent audit firm.

6.3 Financial Information.  Not later than four (4) months after the close of each fiscal year, this corporation shall prepare a balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the finan­cial conditions of the corporation as the close of its fiscal year, and a profit and loss statement showing the results of the operations of the corporation during its fiscal year.

Upon written request of any shareholder or holder of voting trust certificates for shares of the corporation, the  corporation shall mail to such shareholder or holder of voting trust certificates a copy of the most recent such filed balance sheet and profit and loss statement.

The balance sheets and profit and loss statements shall be filed in the registered office of the corporation in this State, shall be kept for at least five (5) years and shall be subject to inspection during the business hours by any sharehold­er or holder of voting trust certificates, in person or by agent.

The corporation must make its annual and interim reports available to shareholders electronically through the company’s website, no later than four (4) months after completion of the review or audit by the company’s independent audit firm.


ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors of this corporation may, from time to time, declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its shares in cash, property or its own shares, except when the corporation is insolvent or when the payment thereof would be contrary to any restrictions contained in the Articles of Incor­poration and shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 607, Florida Statutes.



 


ARTICLE VIII

CORPORATE SEAL

The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of this corporation and the year and state of its incorporation.


[SPFM_EX3Z4002.GIF]


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT


These By-Laws may be repealed or amended, and new by-laws may be adopted by either the Board of Directors or the shareholders, but the Board of Directors may not amend or repeal any By-law adopted by the shareholders if the shareholders specifically provide that such By-law is not subject to amendment or repeal by the directors.  No such amendment may terminate the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for herein to any person covered at any time by such provisions.




 


EXHIBIT 10.1


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.



2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


1.

Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company and the Company's Parents and/or Subsidiaries. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-statutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights, time vested and/or performance vested Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may also be granted under the Plan.


2.

Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply: "Administrator" means the Board or a committee that has been delegated the responsibility of administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.


"Applicable Laws" means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under the applicable corporate and securities laws of any of the states in the United States, U.S. federal securities laws, the Code, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws  of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.


"Award" means the grant of an Option, a Stock Purchase Right, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Award and/or Unrestricted Shares.


"Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.


"Cause" means, unless otherwise specifically provided in a Participant's Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or Stock Award Agreement, a finding by the Administrator that the Participant's employment with or service to the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary was terminated due to one or more of the following: (i) the Participant's use of alcohol or any unlawful controlled substance to an extent that it interferes with the performance of the Participant's duties; (ii) the Participant's commission of  any act of fraud, insubordination, misappropriation or personal dishonesty relating to or involving the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary in any material respect; (iii) the Participant's gross negligence; (iv) the Participant's violation of any express direction of the Company or of any Parent and/or Subsidiary or any material violation of any rule, regulation, policy or plan established by the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary from time  to time regarding the conduct of its



1





 


employees or its business; (v) the Participant's disclosure or use of confidential information of the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary, other than as required in the performance of the Participant's duties; (vi) actions by the Participant that are determined by the Administrator to be clearly contrary to the best interests of the Company and/or its Parents and/or Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Administrator; (vii) the Participant's  conviction of a crime constituting a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; or (viii) any other act or omission which, in the determination of the Administrator, is materially detrimental to the business of the Company or of an Parent and/or Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant has entered into a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company that specifies the conditions or circumstances under which the Participant's service may be terminated for cause, then the terms of such agreement shall apply for purposes of determining whether "Cause" shall have occurred for purposes of this Plan.


"Change in Control Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 16(c).


"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


"Committee" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.


"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.


"Company"

means Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation.


"Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent and/or Subsidiary to render services to such entity, other than an Employee or a Director.


"Director" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of a Parent and/or Subsidiary.


"Disability" means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.


"Employee" means any person, including officers and Directors, serving as an employee of the Company or a Parent and/or Subsidiary. An individual shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary or any successor. For purposes of an Option initially granted as an Incentive Stock Option, if a leave of absence of more than three months precludes such Option



2





 


from being treated as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code, such Option thereafter shall be treated as a Non-statutory Stock Option for purposes of this Plan. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.


"Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:


(i)

if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ National Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the closing sales price of a Share (or the closing bid, if no such sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange  or system for the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;


(ii)

if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but is not listed in the manner contemplated by clause (i) above, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The  Wall Street Journal or such  other  source  as  the  Administrator  deems reliable; or


(iii)

if neither clause (i) above nor clause (ii) above applies, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.


"Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.


"Non-statutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.


"Notice of Grant" means a written or electronic notice evidencing certain terms and conditions of an Award.

"Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.  

"Option Agreement" means an agreement between the Company

and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.


"Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.


"Optionee" means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock



3





 


Purchase Right granted under the Plan.


"Parent" means a "parent corporation" of the Company (or, in the context of Section 16(c) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.


"Participant" shall mean any Service Provider who holds an Option, a Stock Purchase Right, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Stock Award or Unrestricted Shares granted or issued pursuant to the Plan.

"Restricted Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 12(a). "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired

pursuant to a grant of a Stock Award under Section 12 of the Plan.


"Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to such Rule 16b-3, as such rule is in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.


"Section 16(b)" means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. "Service Provider" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

"Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan.


"Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted pursuant to Section 14 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant. Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded either in tandem with Options ("Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights") or on a stand-alone basis ("Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights").


"Stock Appreciation Right Agreement" means an agreement between the Company and the grantee of a Stock Appreciation Right, approved by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.


"Stock Award” means an Award of Shares pursuant to Section 12 of the plan.


Stock Award Agreement” means an agreement, approved by the Administrator, providing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.

"Stock Award Shares" means Shares subject to a Stock Award.


4





 



"Stock Awardee" means the holder of an outstanding Stock Award

granted under the Plan.


"Stock Purchase Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee, approved by the Administrator, evidencing the terms and restrictions applicable to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. Each Stock Purchase Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Notice of Grant.


"Stock Purchase Awardee" means the holder of an outstanding Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.


"Stock Purchase Right" means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant.


"Stock Purchase Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 of the Plan.


"Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company (or, in the context of Section 16(c) of the Plan, of a successor corporation), whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.


"Substitute Options" has the meaning set forth in Section 17.


Unrestricted Shares" means a grant of Shares made on an unrestricted basis pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan.


3.

Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Plan, the initial maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 300,000 shares. For purposes of the foregoing limitation, the shares of Common Stock underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company, satisfied without the issuance of Common Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than 100,000 Shares of Common Stock may be granted to any one Participant with respect to Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights during any one calendar year period. Common Stock to be issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or shares held in treasury by the Company.


4.

Administration of the Plan.


(a)

Appointment of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors or a Committee to be appointed by the Board. The Board



5





 


shall have the power to add or remove members of the Committee, from time to time, and to fill vacancies thereon arising by resignation, death, removal, or otherwise. Meetings shall be held at such times and places as shall be determined by the Committee. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of those members present at any meeting shall decide any question brought before that meeting.


(b)

Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:


(i)

to determine the Fair Market Value;


(ii)

to select the Service Providers to whom Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted hereunder;


(iii)

to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;


(iv)

to approve forms of agreement for use under the

Plan;


(v)

to

determine

the

terms

and

conditions, not

inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder and of any Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Award Agreement and Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Such terms  and conditions  include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting, acceleration or waiver of forfeiture provisions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Stock Purchase Right,  Stock  Award, Stock Appreciation Right or grant of Unrestricted Shares or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;


(vi)

to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, Awards granted pursuant to the Plan and agreements entered pursuant to the Plan;


(vii)

to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;


(viii)

to modify or amend each Option or Stock Purchase Right (subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options longer than otherwise provided for in the Plan, provided, however, any such extension shall be consistent with Code Section 422(a)(2) and other Applicable Laws;




6





 


(ix)

to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by having the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, provided that withholding is calculated at no less than the minimum statutory withholding level. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined as of the date that the income resulting from exercise of the Option is recognized by the Optionee. All determinations to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made by the Administrator in its discretion;


(x)

to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any agreement entered pursuant to the Plan and any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and


(xi)

to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of administering the Plan.


(c)

Effect of Administrator's Decision. The Administrator's decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all holders of Awards. Neither the Administrator, nor any member or delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and each of the foregoing shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or  expense  (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time.


5.

Eligibility. Non-statutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted to all Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, an Award may be granted to a person who is not then a Service Provider; provided, however, that the grant of such Award shall be conditioned upon such person's becoming a Service Provider at or prior to the time of the execution of the agreement evidencing such Award.


6.

Limitations.


(a)

Each Option shall be designated in the applicable Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-statutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, if an Employee first becomes eligible in any given year to exercise Incentive Stock Options for Shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000, those Options representing the excess shall be treated as Non-statutory Stock Options. In the previous sentence, "Incentive Stock Options" include Incentive Stock Options granted under any plan of the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary. For the purpose of deciding which Options apply to Shares that "exceed" the $100,000 limit, Incentive Stock Options shall be considered



7





 


in the same order as granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.


(b)

Neither the Plan nor any Award nor any agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the grantee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Participant's right or the right of the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.


7.

Term of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the Company's shareholders and shall continue in effect for a term of ten

(10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.


8.

Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be stated in the applicable Option Agreement or, if not so stated, ten years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns,  directly  or indirectly, stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company and any Parent  or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the applicable Option Agreement.


9.

Option Exercise Price; Exercisability.


(a)

Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:


(i)

In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:


(A)

granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company and any Parent and/or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant, or

(B)

granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.


(ii)

In the case of a Non-statutory Stock Option, the per



8





 


Share exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.


(iii)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% (or 110%, if clause (i) (A) above applies) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other comparable corporate transaction, but in no event shall Options be granted at a per Share exercise price that would cause the Options to be deemed a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A.


(b)

Exercise Period and Conditions.  At the time that an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.


10.

Exercise of Options; Consideration.


(a)

Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Administrator and provided for in the Option Agreement, each Option shall vest and become exercisable as to one-sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Option on the date that is six months after the date of grant,  and  as to an additional one-sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Option every six months thereafter until fully vested and exercisable. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and Section 10(f) of the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee. Until the Shares are issued  (as evidenced  by the  appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise  of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 16 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.




9





 


(b)

Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than as a result of  the Optionee's death, Disability or termination for Cause, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option  is vested  on the date  of termination  (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement and except as otherwise provided in Sections 10(c), 10(d) and 10(e) of this Plan, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Optionee's termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee  does not exercise  his or her Option in full within the time specified by the Administrator, the unexercised  portion of  the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such unexercised  portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, an Optionee who changes his or her status as a Service Provider (e.g., from being an Employee to being a Consultant) shall not be deemed to  have ceased being a Service Provider for purposes of this Section 10(b),  nor shall a transfer of employment among the Company and any Parent and/or Subsidiary be considered a termination of employment; provided, however, that if an Optionee owning Incentive Stock Options ceases being an Employee but continues as a Consultant, such Incentive Stock Options shall be deemed to be Non-statutory Stock Options three months after the date of such cessation.

(c)

Disability of an Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested  on the date of termination  (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option in full within the time specified herein, the unexercised portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d)

Death of an Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option). If, at the time of



10





 


death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised in full within the time specified herein, the unexercised portion of the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by the unexercised portion of such Option shall revert to the Plan.


(e)

Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in a Service Provider's Option Agreement, if a Service Provider's relationship with the Company is terminated for Cause, then such Service Provider shall have no right to exercise any of such Service Provider's Options at any time on or after the effective date of such termination. All Shares covered by such Options and not acquired by exercise prior to the date of such termination shall revert to the Plan.


(f)

Form of Consideration. The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of:


(i)

cash;


(ii)

check;


(iii)

other Shares of the Company's capital stock which

(A)

have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;


(iv)

consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program permitted by the Administrator, including a cashless exercise program utilizing the services of a single broker acceptable to the Administrator;


(v)

a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee's participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;


(vi)

any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or


(vii)

such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.




11





 


11.

Stock Purchase Rights.


(a)

Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with Options or other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock  Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the Stock Purchase Awardee in writing or electronically, by means of a Notice of Grant and/or a Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the Stock Purchase Awardee shall  be entitled to purchase and the price to be paid for such Shares. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Stock Purchase Agreement in a form determined by the Administrator and payment of the applicable purchase price.


(b)  Repurchase Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Stock Purchase Awardee's service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the Stock Purchase Awardee and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the Stock Purchase Awardee to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the restrictions shall lapse as to one­ sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Stock Purchase Agreement on the date that is six months after the date of grant,  and as to  an additional one-sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Stock Purchase Agreement every six months thereafter.


(c)

Other Provisions. The Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.


(d)

Rights as a Shareholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the Stock Purchase Awardee shall have the rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 16 of the Plan.


(e)

Code §409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Stock Purchase Rights shall not be awarded if the Administrator, on the basis of advice of counsel, determines that the grant of such Stock Purchase Rights would violate Section 409A of the Code.





12




 



12.

Stock Awards. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price as it determines) Shares  to any Service Provider, as defined herein, subject to such terms and conditions, including vesting and/or performance conditions, as the Administrator  sets forth in a Stock Award Agreement evidencing such grant. Stock Awards may be granted or sold in respect of past services or other valid consideration or in lieu of any cash compensation otherwise payable to such individual. The grant of Stock Awards shall be subject to the following provisions:


(a)

At the time a Stock Award is made, the Administrator shall establish a vesting period (the "Restricted Period") applicable to the Stock Award Shares subject to such Stock Award or shall determine that such Stock Award is not subject to any vesting requirements. Subject to the right of the Administrator to establish a Restricted Period that extends vesting dates to later or earlier  dates than the dates provided in this sentence, the Restricted Period of a Stock Award, if any, shall lapse as to one-sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Stock Award on the date that is six months after the date of grant, and as to an additional one-sixth (1/6) of the Shares subject to the Stock Award every six months thereafter until unrestricted. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, at the time a grant is made, prescribe restrictions in addition to or in lieu of the expiration of the Restricted Period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives. The Administrator may provide that all restrictions on Stock Award Shares shall lapse if certain performance criteria are met and that, if such criteria are not met, that such restrictions shall lapse if certain vesting conditions are satisfied. None of the Stock Award Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period applicable to such Stock Award Shares or prior to the satisfaction of any other restrictions prescribed by the Administrator with respect to such Stock Award Shares.


(b)

The Company shall issue, in the name of each Service Provider to whom Stock Award Shares have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of Stock Award Shares granted to such person, as soon as reasonably practicable after the grant. The Company, at the direction of the Administrator, shall hold such certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, for the Stock Awardee's benefit until such time as the Stock Award Shares are forfeited to the Company, or the restrictions lapse.


(c)

Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, holders of Stock Award Shares shall have the right to vote such Shares and have the right to receive any cash dividends with respect to such Shares. All distributions, if any, received by a Stock Awardee with respect to Stock Award Shares as a result of any stock split, stock distribution, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions of this Section 12.




13




 


(d)

Subject to the terms of the applicable Stock Award Agreement, any Stock Award Shares granted to a Service Provider pursuant to the Plan shall be forfeited if, prior to the date on which all restrictions  applicable to such Stock Award shall have lapsed, the Stock Awardee voluntarily terminates employment with the Company or its Parents and/or Subsidiaries or resigns or voluntarily terminates his consultancy arrangement with the Company or its Parents and/or Subsidiaries or if the Stock Awardee's employment or consultancy arrangement is terminated for Cause. If the Stock Awardee's employment or consultancy arrangement terminates for any other reason, the Stock Award Shares held by such person shall be forfeited, unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine otherwise. Upon such forfeiture, the Stock Award Shares that are forfeited shall be retained in the treasury of the Company and be available for subsequent awards under the Plan.


(e)

Upon the satisfaction of the conditions prescribed by the Administrator with respect to a particular Stock Award, the restrictions applicable to the related Stock Award Shares shall lapse and, at the Stock Awardee's request, a stock certificate for the number of Stock Award Shares with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions under the Plan, to the Stock Awardee or his beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

13.

Unrestricted Shares. The Administrator may grant Unrestricted Shares in accordance with the following provisions:


(a)

The Administrator may cause the Company to grant Unrestricted Shares to Service Providers at such time or times, in such amounts and for such reasons as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine. No payment (other than the par value thereof, in the Administrator's discretion) shall be required for Unrestricted Shares.


(b)

The Company shall issue, in the name of each Service Provider to whom Unrestricted Shares have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of Unrestricted Shares granted to such individual, and shall deliver such certificates to such Service Provider as soon  as reasonably practicable after the date of grant or on such later date as the Administrator shall determine at the time of grant.


14.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights in accordance with the following provisions:


(a)

Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded by the Administrator in connection with any Option granted under the Plan, either at the time such Option is granted or thereafter at any time prior to the exercise, termination or expiration of such Option. The base price of any Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of



14




 


Common Stock on the date of grant of the related Option. Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted by the Administrator at any time. At the time of grant of Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, the Administrator shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such right and the base price of shares of Common Stock to be used in connection with the calculation described in Section 14(d). The base price of any Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of the Plan as the Administrator shall determine.


(b)

Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall be exercisable only for such period as the Administrator may determine (which period may expire prior to the expiration date of the related Option); provided, however, if no such period is specified, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only for the period that the related Option is exercisable. Upon the exercise of all or a portion of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, the related Option shall be canceled with respect to an equal number of shares of Common Stock.  Shares of Common Stock subject to Options, or portions thereof, surrendered upon exercise of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be available for subsequent awards under the Plan. Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable during such period as the Administrator shall determine.


(c)

Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall entitle  the applicable Participant to surrender to the Company unexercised the related Option, or any portion thereof, and, subject to Section 14(f) to receive from the Company in exchange therefore that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock as of the date the Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised over (ii) the Option exercise price per share specified in such Option, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of  Common Stock subject to the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. In addition, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any credit against the Option exercise price which would have been allowed had the Option, or portion thereof, been exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.


(d)

The exercise of Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall, subject to Section 14(f), entitle the recipient to receive from the Company that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock as of the date on which the Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights are exercised over (ii) the base price of the shares covered by the Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, multiplied by (8) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Non-tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, or the portion thereof, being exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.




15




 


(e)

As soon as is reasonably practicable after the exercise  of any Stock Appreciation Rights, the Company shall (i) issue, in the name of the recipient, stock certificates representing the total number of full shares of Common Stock to which the recipient is entitled pursuant to Section 14(c) and Section 14(d) and cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value, as of the date of exercise, of any resulting fractional shares, or (ii) if the Administrator causes the Company to elect to settle all or part of its obligations arising out of  the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Rights in cash pursuant to Section 14(f), deliver to the recipient an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value, as of the date of exercise, of the shares of Common Stock it would otherwise be obligated to deliver.


(f)

The Administrator, in its discretion, may cause the Company to settle all or any part of its obligation arising out of the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights by the payment of cash in lieu of all or part of the shares of Common Stock it would otherwise be obligated to deliver in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise.


15.

Non-Transferability. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Purchase Right and Stock Award (until such time as all restrictions lapse) may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and, in the case of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, may be exercised, during  the lifetime of a Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Option Agreement regarding a given Option that the Optionee may transfer, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-statutory Stock Options to members of his or her immediate family, to trusts for the benefit  of such family  members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Option. During the period when Shares subject to Stock Purchase Agreements and Stock Award Shares are restricted (by virtue of vesting schedules or otherwise), such Shares may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

16.

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Dissolution; Change in Control and Other Events.


(a)

Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award Agreement and Stock Appreciation Right and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no



16




 


Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from  a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares  of stock of  any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an Award hereunder.

(b)

Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each holder of an Award as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator in its discretion  may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Appreciation Right and for a holder of a Stock Purchase Right to exercise his or her Stock Purchase Right until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Shares covered thereby, including Shares as to which an applicable  Option or Stock Appreciation Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable  to any Shares purchased upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right or any restrictions as to any Stock Award shall lapse as to all such Shares covered thereby, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)

Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or any other entity or the exchange of substantially all of the outstanding stock of the Company for shares of another entity or other property in which, after any such transaction the prior shareholders of the Company own less than fifty percent (50%)  of the  voting shares of the continuing or surviving entity, or in the event of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (any such event, a "Change of Control Event"), then, absent a provision to the contrary in any particular Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Purchase Right Agreement, Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or Stock Award (in which case the terms of such shall supersede each of  the provisions  of this Section 16(c) that are inconsistent with such Agreement or Award), each outstanding Option,



17




 


Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Award shall be assumed or an equivalent option, right, share or  award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the Administrator determines that the successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation has refused to assume or substitute an equivalent option, right, agreement or award for each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Award, the awardee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise each outstanding Option, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Purchase Right as to all of the stock covered thereby, including Shares  that would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and all vesting periods under Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements and Stock Awards shall be deemed to have been satisfied. If an Option, Stock Appreciation Right and/or  Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change of Control, the Administrator shall notify all awardees that all outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Purchase Rights shall be fully exercisable for a period of twenty (20) days from the date of such notice and that any Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and  Stock Purchase Rights that are not exercised within such period shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, all outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Stock Purchase Rights shall be considered assumed if, following the consummation of the Change of Control, the Option, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Purchase Right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other property) received in the Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change of Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders  of Common  Stock  in the Change  of Control.

17.

Substitute Options. In the event that the Company, directly or indirectly, acquires another entity, the Board may authorize the issuance of stock options ("Substitute Options") to the individuals performing services for the acquired entity in substitution of stock options previously granted to those individuals in connection with their performance of services for such entity upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, taking into account the conditions of Code Section 424(a), as from time to time amended or superseded, in the case of a Substitute Option that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.



18




 


Shares of capital stock underlying Substitute Stock Options shall not constitute Shares issued pursuant to this Plan for any purpose.


18.

Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right or Unrestricted Share shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, Stock Purchase Right, Stock Award, Stock Appreciation Right or Unrestricted Share, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each grantee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan.


(a)

Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)

Shareholder Approval. The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.


(c)

Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to an outstanding Award, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.


20.

Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a)

Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued in connection with the grant of any Stock Award or Unrestricted Share or the exercise of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right unless such grant or the exercise of such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws.


(b)

Investment Representations. As a condition to the grant of any Award or the exercise of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person receiving such Award or exercising such Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or grant that the applicable Shares are being acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.





19




 


(c)

Additional Conditions. The Administrator shall have the authority to condition the grant of any Award or rights in such other manner that the Administrator determines to be appropriate, provided that such condition is not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. Such conditions may include, among other things, obligations of recipients to execute lock-up agreements and shareholder agreements in the future. The Administrator may implement such measures as the Administrator deems appropriate to determine whether Shares acquired as a result of the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option have been the subject of a "disqualifying disposition" for federal income tax purposes, including requiring the Optionee to hold such Shares in his or her own name and requiring that the Optionee notify the Administrator of any such "disqualifying disposition."


(d)

Trading Policy Restrictions. Option, Stock Appreciation Right and Stock Purchase Right exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any insider trading policy established by the Company or the Administrator.


21.

Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.


22.

Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.


23.

Shareholder Approval. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted, or earlier as required by the rules of the stock exchange governing trading of the Company's stock. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.


24.

Withholding; Notice of Sale. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable to an Employee any amounts, which the Company determines, in its discretion, are required to be withheld under any Applicable Law as a result of any action taken by a holder of an Award.


25.

Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state of Florida, without regard to conflict of law principles.



20



 


EXHIBIT 10.2

[SPFM_EX10Z2002.GIF]

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

*     *     *

Identifying Provisions: As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

  

 

Participant:  _________________________________


Grant Date:  _________

Shares Subject to Option:  _________________

Purchase Price Per Share:  _______________

  

 

1. Grant of Option.

This agreement evidences the grant by Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “Company”), on the Grant Date to the Participant, an employee of the Company, of an Option to purchase (the “Option”), in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), the Shares Subject to the Option of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at the Purchase Price Per Share, which is the Fair Market Value of a share of Company common stock on the Grant Date. The term of the Option shall be ten (10) years after the Grant Date (the “Final Exercise Date”), subject to earlier termination in the event of Participant’s termination as specified in Section 3 below. Acceptance of this Option signifies acceptance of the terms of this agreement and the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to the Participant.

It is intended that the Option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant,” as used in this Option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this Option validly under its terms.

2. Vesting Schedule.

This Option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to one-half (1/2) of the original number of Shares Subject to Option on the one year anniversary of the Grant Date and as to the balance of the original number of Shares Subject to Option at the end of two year anniversary of the Grant Date, provided the Participant is still employed by the Company.

Except as may be specifically stated herein, the Participant must be employed on a vesting date for vesting to occur. There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the period prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the Option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this Option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option.

(a) Form of Exercise. Each election to exercise this Option shall be accompanied by a completed Notice of Stock Option Exercise in such form approved by the Company, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan, provided that no partial exercise of this Option may be for any fractional share.  


1




 


(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this Option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this Option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(e) or (f) of the Code (an “Eligible Participant”).

(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this Option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this Option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this Option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this Option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If the Participant is party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” means, a finding by the Administrator that the Participant's employment with or service to the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary was terminated due to one or more of the following: (i) the Participant's use of alcohol or any unlawful controlled substance to an extent that it interferes with the performance of the Participant's duties; (ii) the Participant's commission of any act of fraud, insubordination, misappropriation or personal dishonesty relating to or involving the Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary in any material respect; (iii) the Participant's gross negligence or unsatisfactory performance; (iv) the Participant's violation of any express direction of the Company or of any Parent and/or Subsidiary or any material violation of any rule, regulation, policy or  plan  established  by  the  Company  or  any Parent and/or Subsidiary from time to time regarding the conduct of its employees or its business; (v) the Participant's disclosure or use of confidential information of the  Company or any Parent and/or Subsidiary, other than as required in the performance of the Participant's duties; (vi) actions by the Participant that are determined by the Administrator to be clearly contrary to the best interests of the Company and/or its Parents and/or Subsidiaries as determined in good faith by the Administrator; (vii) the Participant's conviction of a crime constituting a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude; or (viii) any other act or omission which, in the determination of the Administrator, is materially detrimental to the business of the Company or of an Parent and/or Subsidiary.

 

4. Company Right of First Refusal.

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase. For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the Option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same



2




 


terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its Option to purchase the Offered Shares.

 (c) Shares Not Purchased by Company. If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the Option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery. After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.


(e) Exempt Transactions. The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

providedhowever, that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right. The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination. The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer. The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends.

(1) At a minimum, the certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock Option agreement with the Company.”

 

(2) Furthermore, all certificates for Shares delivered hereunder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other



3




 


requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Company’s common stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Company’s common stock is then quoted, or any applicable Federal, state or other securities law or other applicable corporate law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

5. Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering. The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any Option or contract to purchase, purchase any Option or contract to sell, grant any Option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 180 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering, and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

6. Tax Matters.

(a) Section 422 Requirement. The Shares granted hereby are intended to qualify as “incentive stock Options” under Section 422 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shares will not qualify as “incentive stock Options,” if, among other events, (a) the Participant disposes of the Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this Option; (b) except in the event of the Participant’s death or disability (as described in Section 3(d) above), the Participant is not employed by the Company, a parent or a subsidiary at all times during the period beginning on Grant Date and ending on the day that is three (3) months before the date of exercise of any Shares; or (c) to the extent the aggregate fair market value of the Shares subject to “incentive stock Options” held by the Participant which become exercisable for the first time in any calendar year (under all plans of the Company, a parent or a subsidiary) exceeds $100,000. For purposes of clause this paragraph, the “fair market value” of the Shares shall be determined as of the Grant Date in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

(b) Disqualifying Disposition. To the extent that any share does not qualify as an “incentive stock Option,” it shall not affect the validity of such Shares and shall constitute a separate non-qualified stock Option. In the event that the Participant disposes of the Shares acquired upon exercise of this Option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this Option, the Participant must deliver to the Company, within seven (7) days following such disposition, a written notice specifying the date on which such shares were disposed of, the number of shares so disposed, and, if such disposition was by a sale or exchange, the amount of consideration received.

(c) Withholding. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this Option.

7. Nontransferability of Option. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

8. No Rights as a Shareholder. The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any common stock covered by the Shares unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such common stock and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such common stock, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan.

9. No Obligation to Continue Employment. This agreement is not an agreement of employment. This agreement does not guarantee that the Company will employ the Participant for any specific time period, nor does it modify in any respect the Company’s right to terminate or modify the Participant’s employment or compensation.


4




 


10. Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

11. Consent to Jurisdiction, Forum Selection and Waiver of Jury Trial: The Company and the Participant hereto agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated exclusively in the State and Federal courts located in Miami-Dade County, State of Florida. The aforementioned choice of venue is intended by the parties to be mandatory and not permissive in nature, thereby precluding the possibility of litigation between the parties with respect to or arising out of this Agreement in any jurisdiction other than that specified in this paragraph. Each party hereby waives any right it may have to assert the doctrine of forum non conveniens or similar doctrine or to object to venue with respect to any proceeding brought in accordance with this paragraph, and stipulates that the State and Federal courts located in the Miami-Dade County, Florida shall have in personam jurisdiction and venue over each of them for the purpose of litigating any dispute, controversy, or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement. Each party hereby authorizes and accepts service of process sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against it as contemplated by this paragraph by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to its address for the giving of notices as set forth in this Agreement. Any final judgment rendered against a party in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive as to the subject of such final judgment and may be enforced in other jurisdictions in any manner provided by law.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND AS SEPARATELY BARGAINED-FOR-CONSIDERATION, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

12. Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that benefits under this agreement be exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this agreement shall be interpreted to be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Participant by Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code hereunder or otherwise.

13. Provisions of the Plan. This Option is subject to, and the Company and the Participant agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan under which this Option was granted, as the same shall have been amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that no such amendment shall deprive the Participant, without his or her consent, of this Option or any of his or her rights hereunder. Pursuant to said Plan, the board of directors of the Company or its Administrator established for such purposes is vested with final authority to interpret and construe the Plan and this Option, and is authorized to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan. A copy of the Plan in its present form is available for inspection during business hours by the Participant or other persons entitled to exercise this Option at the Company’s principal office.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and made effective the day and year first above written.


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

William J. Koppelmann

   

President


 PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

I hereby accept the foregoing incentive stock option award agreement and agree to the terms and conditions thereof. Furthermore, I hereby acknowledge having received and read a copy of the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and agree to comply with it and all applicable laws and regulations.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 



5



 


EXHIBIT 10.3(a)


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


[SPFM_EX10Z3A002.GIF]


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT


Class W4 Warrant:  No. W4-______

Number of Shares: _______

Registered Holder: ___________________

Warrant Exercise Price per Share: $4.00 (subject to adjustment)

Date of Issuance: _______________

Expiration Date: ______________

Check One:      ¨Original Issue      ¨Transfer


THIS CERTIFIES THAT Holder is the owner of the number of Warrants set forth above of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.., a Florida corporation (hereinafter called the Company). Each Warrant entitles the Holder to purchase one share (collectively the “Warrant Shares”) of the common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), fully paid and non-assessable, free of taxes, liens, and charges, at an exercise price per share of Four ($4.00) Dollars per share (the “Exercise Price”) at any time during the period commencing on date of issuance and ending at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on the Expiration Date set forth above (the “Expiration Date”).

 

1. Method of Exercise; Payment.

 

(a)  Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares being purchased.

 




 


(b)  Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant, the Holder may elect to receive Warrant Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:


[SPFM_EX10Z3A004.GIF]


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where:

    

X

  

=

  

the number of the Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

 

 

 

 

    

Y

  

=

  

the number of the Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant.

 

 

 

 

 

    

A

  

=

  

the fair market value of one Share on the date of determination.

 

 

 

 

 

    

B

  

=

  

the per share Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

(c)  Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 1, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall mean:

 

(i)

 If the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock as quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, or the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, in each case for the fifteen trading days ending five trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;

 

(ii)

 If the Company’s Common Stock is not so publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall be such fair market value as is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company after taking into consideration factors it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, recent sale and offer prices of the capital stock of the Company in private transactions negotiated at arm’s length, but not less than $_____ per share.

 

(d)  Stock Certificates. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or has expired, a new Warrant representing the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such time.

 

2. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. All of the Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefore, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this




 


Warrant may be exercised, the Company shall at all times have authorized and reserved for issuance sufficient shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant at the original Exercise Price.

 

3. Adjustments. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a) Reclassification. In the case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder of this Warrant), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right to receive, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the Warrant Shares of Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a Holder of the number of Warrant Shares of Common Stock then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the Holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the transaction. The provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and transfers.

 

(b) Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations. In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

4. Notice of Adjustments. Whenever the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated,




 


and the number and class of shares which may be purchased thereafter and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment. 


5. Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon such exercise shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquirable on exercise of the Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof) then such fractional share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

 

6. Representations of the Company. The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and issuance of the Warrant Shares pursuant hereto and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken prior to and are effective as of the effective date of this Warrant.

 

7. Representations and Warranties by the Holder. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and shall provide such other information and documentation requested by the Company.

 

(b) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration.

 

(c) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

 

(d) The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Warrant Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

 

8. Restrictive Legend. The Warrant Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:




 



THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

 

9. Restrictions Upon Transfer and Removal of Legend.

 

(a) The Company need not register a transfer of this Warrant or Warrant Shares bearing the restrictive legend set forth in Section 8 hereof, unless the conditions specified in such legend are satisfied. The Company may also instruct its transfer agent not to register the transfer of the Warrant Shares, unless one of the conditions specified in the legend referred to in Section 8 hereof is satisfied.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer without consideration by any holder (i) if such holder is a partnership, to a partner or retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner, or (ii) if such holder is a corporation, to a shareholder of such corporation, or to any other corporation under common control, direct or indirect, with such holder.

 

10. Rights of Shareholders. No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of any Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. The holder of this Warrant will not be entitled to share in the assets of the Company in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or the winding up of the Company.

 

11. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be




 


addressed (i) if to the Holder, at the Holder’s address as set forth on the books of the Company, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: William Koppelmann, President and CEO), or at such other address as a party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

 

12. Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Florida or of any other state.



Issued as of [            ] day of [                    ].

 

 

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

_______________________________

Name: William Koppelmann

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

_______________________________

Name:

Title:

 





 


EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

 

TO:

  Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.

13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214

Miami, FL 33186

Attention: William Koppelmann

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      Warrant Shares of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

 

 

    ¨

The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith or by concurrent wire transfer payment in full for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

    ¨

The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

 

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_________________________________________

(Name)

 

_________________________________________

 

_________________________________________

(Address)

 

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Warrant Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

_______________________________

Name:

Title:

Date: ______________




 



EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________whose address is ___________________________________________ ___________________________________ , the right represented by the attached Warrant to purchase ___________ shares of Common Stock of STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., to which the attached Warrant relates.

 

Dated: ____________________

 

Signed: ___________________

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

Address:  __________________________



__________________________

 

 










 


Affix a Medallion Signature Guarantee imprint>>>>


IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY


The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Warrant in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


The signature of the person executing this power must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution participating in a Medallion Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc.




 


EXHIBIT C

SAMPLE $4 WARRANT CERTIFICATE

[SPFM_EX10Z3A005.JPG]



 


EXHIBIT 10.3(b)


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.


[SPFM_EX10Z3B002.GIF]


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.


COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT


Class W4 Warrant:  No. W12-______

Number of Shares: _______

Registered Holder: ___________________

Warrant Exercise Price per Share: $12.00 (subject to adjustment)

Date of Issuance: _______________

Expiration Date: ______________

Check One:      ¨Original Issue      ¨Transfer


THIS CERTIFIES THAT Holder is the owner of the number of Warrants set forth above of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.., a Florida corporation (hereinafter called the Company). Each Warrant entitles the Holder to purchase one share (collectively the “Warrant Shares”) of the common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), fully paid and non-assessable, free of taxes, liens, and charges, at an exercise price per share of Twelve ($12.00) Dollars per share (the “Exercise Price”) at any time during the period commencing on date of issuance and ending at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on the Expiration Date set forth above (the “Expiration Date”).

 

1. Method of Exercise; Payment.

 

(a)  Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company, and by the payment to the Company, by certified, cashier’s or other check acceptable to the Company or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares being purchased.

 




 


(b)  Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant, the Holder may elect to receive Warrant Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:


[SPFM_EX10Z3B004.GIF]


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where:

    

X

  

=

  

the number of the Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

 

 

 

 

 

    

Y

  

=

  

the number of the Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant.

 

 

 

 

 

    

A

  

=

  

the fair market value of one Share on the date of determination.

 

 

 

 

 

    

B

  

=

  

the per share Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

 

(c)  Fair Market Value. For purposes of this Section 1, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall mean:

 

(i)

 If the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock as quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, or the principal exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, in each case for the fifteen trading days ending five trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value;

 

(ii)

 If the Company’s Common Stock is not so publicly traded, the per share fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall be such fair market value as is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company after taking into consideration factors it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, recent sale and offer prices of the capital stock of the Company in private transactions negotiated at arm’s length, but not less than $_____ per share.

 

(d)  Stock Certificates. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or has expired, a new Warrant representing the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant shall not have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder within such time.

 

2. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares. All of the Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance and receipt of the Exercise Price therefore, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this




 


Warrant may be exercised, the Company shall at all times have authorized and reserved for issuance sufficient shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant at the original Exercise Price.

 

3. Adjustments. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price therefor shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a) Reclassification. In the case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder of this Warrant), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder of this Warrant shall have the right to receive, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the Warrant Shares of Common Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a Holder of the number of Warrant Shares of Common Stock then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the Holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the transaction. The provisions of this subparagraph (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and transfers.

 

(b) Stock Splits, Dividends and Combinations. In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

4. Notice of Adjustments. Whenever the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder or the Exercise Price thereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the Company shall provide notice to the Holder setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated,




 


and the number and class of shares which may be purchased thereafter and the Exercise Price therefor after giving effect to such adjustment. 


5. Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon such exercise shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquirable on exercise of the Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof) then such fractional share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

 

6. Representations of the Company. The Company represents that all corporate actions on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the sale and issuance of the Warrant Shares pursuant hereto and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder were taken prior to and are effective as of the effective date of this Warrant.

 

7. Representations and Warranties by the Holder. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a) This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are being acquired for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution or public offering thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and shall provide such other information and documentation requested by the Company.

 

(b) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that they must be held by the Holder indefinitely, and that the Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Act or is exempted from such registration.

 

(c) The Holder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Warrant and the Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

 

(d) The Holder is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Warrant Shares pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

 

8. Restrictive Legend. The Warrant Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:




 



THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

 9. Restrictions Upon Transfer and Removal of Legend.

 

(a) The Company need not register a transfer of this Warrant or Warrant Shares bearing the restrictive legend set forth in Section 8 hereof, unless the conditions specified in such legend are satisfied. The Company may also instruct its transfer agent not to register the transfer of the Warrant Shares, unless one of the conditions specified in the legend referred to in Section 8 hereof is satisfied.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer without consideration by any holder (i) if such holder is a partnership, to a partner or retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner, or (ii) if such holder is a corporation, to a shareholder of such corporation, or to any other corporation under common control, direct or indirect, with such holder.

 

10. Rights of Shareholders. No holder of this Warrant shall be entitled as a Warrant holder, to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of any Warrant Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. The holder of this Warrant will not be entitled to share in the assets of the Company in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or the winding up of the Company.

 

11. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be




 


addressed (i) if to the Holder, at the Holder’s address as set forth on the books of the Company, and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: William Koppelmann, President and CEO), or at such other address as a party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.

 

12. Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Florida or of any other state.



Issued as of [            ] day of [                    ].

 

 

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

_______________________________

Name: William Koppelmann

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

_______________________________

Name:

Title:

 





 


EXHIBIT A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

 

TO:

  Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc.

13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214

Miami, FL 33186

Attention: William Koppelmann

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      Warrant Shares of Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

2. Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank):

 

 

    ¨

The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of a cash payment, and tenders herewith or by concurrent wire transfer payment in full for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

 

    ¨

The undersigned elects to exercise the attached Warrant by means of the net exercise provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

 

3. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_________________________________________

(Name)

 

_________________________________________

 

_________________________________________

(Address)

 

4. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid Warrant Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale, in connection with the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 7 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

_______________________________

Name:

Title:

Date: ______________




 



EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _____________________whose address is ___________________________________________ ___________________________________ , the right represented by the attached Warrant to purchase ___________ shares of Common Stock of STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., to which the attached Warrant relates.

 

Dated: ____________________

 

Signed: ___________________

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

Address:  _________________________

__________________________

__________________________

 

 










 


Affix a Medallion Signature Guarantee imprint>>>>


IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY


The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Warrant in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


The signature of the person executing this power must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution participating in a Medallion Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc.




 


EXHIBIT C

SAMPLE $12 WARRANT CERTIFICATE

[SPFM_EX10Z3B005.JPG]



 


EXHIBIT 10.4

WARRANT RECIPIENT LIST

 

 

 

Name

$4 Warrants

$12 Warrants

Total

 

 

 

 

Officer/Directors:

 

 

 

William Koppelmann, President, Chairman

25,000

75,000

100,000

Bobby Story, Chief Financial Officer, Director

15,000

75,000

90,000

Samuel Konig, Vice-President, Director

-

25,000

25,000

Brian Krogol, Vice-President

5,000

50,000

55,000

 

 

 

 

Directors:

 

 

 

Carl C. Hoechner,Director

-

25,000

25,000

Mark Kutner, MD, Director

15,000

50,000

65,000

James Wall, Director

-

25,000

25,000

Chris Perrucci, Esq., Director

-

25,000

25,000

John Leavitt, PhD, Director

-

25,000

25,000

Scott Howell, MD, Director

-

25,000

25,000

 

 

 

 

Total Officers and Directors

60,000

400,000

460,000

 

 

 

 

Service Providers

 

 

 

LFH Trust

100,000

 

100,000

Bayshore Corporate Finance

240,000

 

240,000

 

 

 

 

Grand Total

400,000

400,000

800,000






 


EXHIBIT 10.5

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made this 22 day of July 2016, between Standard Premium Finance Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation  (the “Company”) and Bayshore Corporate Finance LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to secure the benefit of the Consultant's experience, skills, abilities, knowledge, and background to facilitate the Company’s business strategy and planning and to advise the Company in financial, mergers and acquisitions and other matters upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Engagement.  The Company hereby engages Consultant as a consultant (the “Engagement”) with respect to business strategy, corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions and general business consulting and Consultant hereby accepts the Engagement. Such consulting services shall be provided in Miami-Dade County, Florida, or other mutually accept­able times and places.  The relationship of Company and Consultant established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to (i) give either party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other, (ii) constitute the parties as partners, joint ventures, co-owners or otherwise as participant in a joint undertaking, or (iii) allow Consultant to create or assume any obligation on behalf of Company for any purpose whatsoever. All financial and other obligations associated with Consultant's business are the sole responsibility of Consultant.

 

2.

Services.  During the term of the Engagement hereunder, Consultant will provide advice and counsel regarding Company’s strategic business plans, strategy and negotiations with potential strategic partners, corporate planning and financial consulting (the “Services”) as requested by the Company, such as the following:



 


2.1

Assist the Company in the development of a strategic growth plan and   related communications materials such as an executive summary and investor presentation. Advise the Company in its strategy to become a holding company for Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation.

 

2.2

Advise the Company regarding mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances.  Introduce the Company to and assist the Company in reviewing potential acquisitions and alliances. Assist the Company in negotiating terms and structure, and conducting due diligence of mergers, acquisitions and alliances.  The services provided by the Consultant in connection with mergers, acquisitions and strategic alliances shall not include providing fairness opinions stating whether any such transaction is fair from a financial point of view.

2.3

Review and assess various financing strategies and solutions with the Company.  Suggest desirable financing amounts, terms, and structure.  Assist the Company in achieving optimum capital structure. Identify broker/dealers or other sources of capital.

2.4

Assist the Company with corporate governance structure involving its Board of Directors and committees.  Consultant will also be available to assist with the development of executive and director compensation programs.

3.

No Brokerage.  The parties acknowledge that Consultant is not licensed as a registered broker/dealer and does not engage in the sale of securities. Any sales of securities shall be undertaken directly by the Company or through registered broker/dealers. Consultant may provide services solely as a finder in connection with the Company’s sale of securities in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations but will not undertake any activities in connection with any securities offered by the Company which would require registration as a broker/dealer. Consultant will receive no fees hereunder which will violate any laws or regulations, including those of stock markets or FINRA.

4.

Term.  The initial term of the Engagement shall be the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one (1) year thereafter.  The term of the Engagement shall automatically be renewed from year to year thereafter unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days


2




 


written notice of its intent not to renew to the other by registered or certified mail prior to the end of the initial term of the Engagement, or any renewal term thereof.

5.

Compensation.  In consideration of the Services provided by Consultant herein, the Company shall pay Consultant as follows:

5.1

Retainer Fee.  Company will pay an initial fee of $5,000.00 to Consultant upon entering into this agreement. Company will pay Consultant a monthly retainer fee of $1,500.00 per month beginning 30 days from the date entering into this Agreement and on the same day of each successive month during the term of the Engagement.

5.2

Holding Company Success Fee. Upon the effective date of this Agreement, Company shall sell an aggregate 300,000 shares of its restricted common stock for the par value, $0.001 per share, to certain affiliates of Consultant as set forth in a separate list provided by Consultant to the Company. Such shares shall be restricted and shall vest and be delivered upon the consummation of the Company’s acquisition of at least a majority of the outstanding common stock of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation thereby establishing the Company’s holding company strategy.  In the event the holding company has not been established as aforesaid within one (1) year of the date of this Agreement, the unvested shares shall be returned to the Company for cancellation. Such shares shall not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable securities laws and shall be subject to an investment letter satisfactory to the Company.   

5.3

M&A Success Fee. If the Company consummates a sale, acquisition, divestiture, merger, or other business combination, or other similar buy or sell side transaction involving the Company and a party introduced by Consultant, or with which Consultant has assisted the Company in connection with such a transaction, during the term of the Engagement, then the Company shall pay Consultant a fee (the “M&A Success Fee”) in an amount as follows:

(a) An amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Value of the transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the acquired party in such transaction.


3




 


(b) An amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Value of the transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the acquiring party in such transaction and no outside financing in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the Aggregate Value is utilized by the Company in payment for the acquisition target, or if such outside financing is provided by sources identified by Consultant.

(c) An amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Aggregate Value of the transaction for its services in connection with such transaction if the Company is the acquiring party in such transaction and outside financing in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the Aggregate Value is utilized by the Company in payment for the acquisition target and such outside financing is provided by a source not identified by Consultant.

(d) For purposes hereof, “Aggregate Value” is defined as the aggregate purchase price of the transaction plus any assumed debt of the target company or companies, forgiveness of debt, extraordinary dividends and any other consideration (in the form of compensation, stock purchase price or otherwise) paid to security holders, executives, or family members of security holders or executives, in connection with the transaction, including, but not limited to, any contingent consideration, post-closing payments, the value (as measured by the excess of acquisition price over exercise price or conversion price) of all unexercised options, warrants or other convertible securities assumed or acquired. The Company will pay all M&A Success Fees to Consultant immediately upon closing of a transaction, and at such other times subsequent to that closing (whether during or subsequent to the term of the Engagement) when additional amounts of the Aggregate Value of the total transaction are received or paid. The Consultant shall have the option of accepting its M&A Success Fees in the form of cash and equity utilizing the same value of equity as utilized in accounting for the acquisition transaction. No success fee shall be payable on the Company’s acquisition of Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation. The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

5.4

Financing Success Fee. For its services in assisting the Company in financing matters as set forth in Section 2.3, Consultant shall be paid a success fee as follows:


4




 


(a) An amount equal to five percent (5%) of the net proceeds of equity or debt financing received by the Company upon closing of each such financing.  

(b) An amount equal to two percent (2%) of the lender’s commitment of any credit facility entered into by Company during the term of this agreement payable upon entering into a definitive agreement for such credit facility. To avoid any misunderstanding such success fee shall not be paid on any credit facility provided by BB&T and shall be paid on any credit facility provided by Bank United, including credit facilities provided to Standard Premium Credit Management Corporation.

(c) All such financing shall be on terms and amounts acceptable to the Company, such acceptance to be evidenced by the acceptance of such financing by the Company.

5.4

Expenses.  The Company will reimburse Consultant for actual travel and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the performance of services hereunder.  Any such expenses individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000.00 must be approved in advance by the written consent of the Company.

5.5

Collection Costs.  Company will not seek to avoid or evade payment of any consideration due Consultant pursuant to this Agreement and Company will pay all costs incurred by Consultant, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, in the event any such payments are not made when due or in the event of any other default by Company under this Agreement.  Any payments due Consultant which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at 10% per annum until paid.

6.

Furnishing Information and Confidential Treatment.

6.1

During the term of the Engagement the Company shall provide the Consultant with such information as it shall request concerning the Company, its business and operations, financial statements, plans, forecasts and projections.  Such information shall be true and correct and Consultant may rely upon any such information furnished by the Company without independent verification.


5




 


6.2

Consultant agrees to obtain the written consent of the Company prior to contacting any potential party to a merger, acquisition or strategic alliance and will not contact any such party to which Company has objected in writing.

6.3

Consultant agrees that, during the term of the Engagement and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, it will not, without the written consent of the Company, use, disclose or authorize or permit anyone under its direction to use or disclose to anyone not properly entitled thereto, any confidential information relative to the business, sales, financial condition and results, customers, strategic plans and prospects, forecasts and projections of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, persons properly entitled to such information shall include such parties to whom such information is reasonably furnished in connection with Consultant’s services hereunder and who have signed a   confidentiality agreement in form approved by the Company prior to such disclosure.

7.

Non-Circumvention.  The Company agrees that all third parties introduced to it by the Consultant represent significant efforts by and are the work product of the Consultant. For a period of three (3) years following the termination of the Engagement, Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, assigns, employees and agents shall not contact or conduct business with any financial institution, investor, target companies, resource or placement agent introduced by Consultant to the Company without first obtaining written consent from Consultant and entering into a written agreement with Consultant for just compensation payable to Consultant, to the extent that compensation payable to Consultant is not otherwise covered by this Agreement.


6




 


8.

Scope of Responsibility. Neither Consultant nor any of its affiliates (nor any of their respective control persons, directors, officers, employees or agents) shall be liable to the Company or to any other person claiming through the Company for any claim, loss, damage, liability, cost or expense suffered by the Company or any such other person arising out of or related to the Engagement hereunder except for a claim, loss or expense that arises primarily out of or is based primarily upon any action or failure to act by Consultant, other than an action or failure to act undertaken at the request or with the consent of the Company, that is determined to constitute bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of Consultant.

9.

Miscellaneous.

9.1

This Agreement is a personal consulting contract and Consultant may not assign its obligations or rights pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

9.2

The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

9.3

This Agreement, which contains the entire contractual understanding between the parties, may not be changed orally but only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto.

9.4

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

9.5

The waiver or breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach of the same or any other term or condition.

9.6

Any notices, requests or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficiently given if sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, and if to the Consultant, addressed to it at: 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 215, Miami, FL 33186, and if to the Company, addressed to it at: 13590 SW 134th Avenue, Suite 214, Miami, FL 33186, attention of the President, or such other address as shall have been specified in writing by either party to


7




 


the other, and any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given as of the date so mailed.

9.7

Any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any document or instrument delivered pursuant to, in connection with, or simultaneously with this Agreement, or any breach of this Agreement or any such document or instrument shall be settled by binding arbitration before one arbitrator to be held in Miami-Dade County, Florida in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereto. The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or contro­versy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive, and binding on the parties to the arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdic­tion.  In any such arbitration, the parties waive personal service of any process or other papers and agree that service thereof may be made in accordance with Section 9.6.  The losing party in such arbitration shall pay all the costs and expenses of such arbitration, including the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of the winning party as determined by the arbitrator.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.


STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Koppelmann

 

William J. Koppelmann, President

 

 

BAYSHORE CORPORATE FINANCE, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/ Anthony Leavitt

 

Managing Director




















8



 


EXHIBIT 10.6


COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT



This Commercial Lease Agreement (“Lease”) is made and effective March 1, 2018, by and between Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC (“Landlord”) and Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation (“Tenant”).


Landlord is the owner of Suites 213 and 214 in the condominium building located at 13590 SW 134 Avenue, Miami, Florida 33186 (“Building”) and has available for lease the two aforementioned Suites (the “Leased Premises”).


Landlord desires to lease the Leased Premises to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease the Leased Premises from Landlord for the term, at the rental and upon the covenants, conditions and provisions herein set forth.


THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein, contained and other good and valuable consideration, it is agreed:


1. Term.


A. Landlord hereby leases the Leased Premises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases the same from Landlord, for an “Initial Term” beginning March 1, 2018 [Start Date] and ending February 29, 2020 [End Date].

B. Tenant may renew the Lease for one extended term of one year [Renewal Term]. Tenant shall exercise such renewal option, if at all by giving written notice to Landlord not less than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term. The renewal term shall be at the rental set forth below and otherwise upon the same covenants, conditions and provisions as provided in this Lease.


2. Rental.


A. Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the Initial Term rental of $79,200.00 [Annual Rent] per year, payable in installments of $6,600 plus applicable state and county sales taxes [Monthly Rental Amount] per month. Each installment payment shall be due in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the lease term to Landlord at 13590 SW 134 Avenue, Suite 215 Miami, Florida 33186 [Landlord’s Designated Payment Address] or at such other place designated by written notice from Landlord or Tenant. The rental payment amount for any partial calendar months included in the lease term shall be prorated on a daily basis. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord a “Security Deposit” in the amount of $6,600 [Security Deposit].


The rental for any renewal lease term, if created as permitted under this Lease, shall be $84,585.60 [Annual Rent in Renewal Term] per year payable in installments of $7,048.80 [Monthly Rental Amount] per month.


3. Use


Notwithstanding the forgoing, Tenant shall not use the Leased Premises for the purposes of storing, manufacturing or selling any explosives, flammables or other inherently dangerous substance, chemical, thing or device.


4. Sublease and Assignment.


Tenant shall have the right with Landlord’s consent, to assign this Lease to a corporation with which Tenant may merge or consolidate, to any subsidiary of Tenant, to any corporation under common control with Tenant, or to a purchaser of substantially all of Tenant’s assets. Except as set forth above, Tenant shall not sublease all or any part of the Leased Premises, or assign this Lease in whole or in part without Landlord’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.






Page 1 of 6



 




5. Repairs.


During the Lease term, Tenant shall make, at Tenant’s expense, all necessary repairs to the Leased Premises. Repairs shall include such items as routine repairs of floors, walls, ceilings, and other parts of the Leased Premises damaged or worn through normal occupancy, except for major mechanical systems or the roof, subject to the obligations of the parties otherwise set forth in this Lease.


6. Alterations and Improvements.


Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall have the right following Landlord’s consent to remodel, redecorate, and make additions, improvements and replacements of and to all or any part of the Leased Premises from time to time as Tenant may deem desirable, provided the same are made in a workmanlike manner and utilizing good quality materials. Tenant shall have the right to place and install personal property, trade fixtures, equipment and other temporary installations in and upon the Leased Premises, and fasten the same to the premises. All personal property, equipment, machinery, trade fixtures and temporary installations, whether acquired by Tenant at the commencement of the Lease term or placed or installed on the Leased Premises by Tenant thereafter, shall remain Tenant’s property free and clear of any claim by Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to remove the same at any time during the term of this Lease provided that all damage to the Leased Premises caused by such removal shall be repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s expense.


7. Property Taxes.


Landlord shall pay, prior to delinquency, all general real estate taxes and installments of special assessments coming due during the Lease term on the Leased Premises, and all personal property taxes with respect to Landlord’s personal property, if any, on the Leased Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for paying all personal property taxes with respect to Tenant’s personal property at the Leased Premises.


8. Insurance.


A. If the Leased Premises or any other party of the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty resulting from any act or negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, rent shall not be diminished or a bated while such damages are under repair, and Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of repair not covered by insurance.


B. Landlord shall maintain fire and extended coverage insurance on the Building and the Leased Premises in such amounts as Landlord shall deem appropriate. Tenant shall be responsible, at its expense, for fire and extended coverage insurance on all of its personal property, including removable trade fixtures, located in the Leased Premises.


C. Tenant and Landlord shall, each at its own expense, maintain a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance with respect to the respective activities of each in the Building with the premiums thereon fully paid on or before due date, issued by and binding upon some insurance company approved by Landlord, such insurance to afford minimum protection of not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit coverage of bodily injury, property damage or combination thereof. Landlord shall be listed as an additional insured on Tenant’s policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with current Certificates of Insurance evidencing Tenant’s compliance with this Paragraph. Tenant shall obtain the agreement of Tenant’s insurers to notify Landlord that a policy is due to expire at least (10) days prior to such expiration. Landlord shall not be required to maintain insurance against thefts within the Leased Premises or the Building.


9. Utilities.


Tenant shall pay all charges for water, sewer, gas, electricity, telephone and other services and utilities used by Tenant on the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Landlord. In the event that any utility or service provided to the Leased Premises is not separately metered,



Page 2 of 6



 


Landlord shall pay the amount due and separately invoice Tenant for Tenant’s pro rata share of the charges. Tenant shall pay such amounts within fifteen (15) days of invoice. Tenant acknowledges that the Leased Premises are designed to provide standard office use electrical facilities and standard office lighting. Tenant shall not use any equipment or devices that utilize excessive electrical energy or which may, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, overload the wiring or interfere with electrical services to other tenants.


10. Signs.


Following Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall have the right to place on the Leased Premises, at locations selected by Tenant, any signs which are permitted by applicable zoning ordinances and private restrictions. Landlord may ref use consent to any proposed signage that is in Landlord’s opinion too large, deceptive, unattractive or otherwise inconsistent with or inappropriate to the Leased Premises or use of any other tenant. Landlord shall assist and cooperate with Tenant in obtaining any necessary permission from governmental authorities or adjoining owners and occupants for Tenant to place or construct the foregoing signs. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Premises resulting from the removal of signs installed by Tenant.


11. Entry.


Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Leased Premises at reasonable hours to inspect the same, provided Landlord shall not thereby unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business on the Leased Premises.


12. Parking.


During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive use in common with Landlord, other tenants of the Building, their guests and invitees, of the non-reserved common automobile parking areas, driveways, and footways, subject to rules and regulations for the use thereof as prescribed from time to time by the Building Condo Association. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of all license numbers for the cars owned by Tenant, its agents and employees


13. Building Rules.


Tenant will comply with the rules of the Building adopted and altered by the Condo Association from time to time and will cause all of its agents, employees, invitees and visitors to do so; all changes to such rules will be sent d to Tenant in writing. The initial rules for the Building are attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein for all purposes.


14. Damage and Destruction.


Subject to Section 8 A. above, if the Leased Premises or any part thereof or any appurtenance thereto is so damaged by fire, casualty or structural defects that the same cannot be used for Tenant’s purposes, then Tenant shall have the right within ninety (90) days following damage to elect by notice to Landlord to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage. In the event of minor damage to any part of the Leased Premises, and if such damage does not render the Leased Premises unusable for Tenant’s purposes, Landlord shall promptly repair such damage at the cost of the Landlord. In making the repairs called for in this paragraph, Landlord shall not be liable for any delays resulting from strikes, governmental restrictions, inability to obtain necessary materials or labor or other matters which are beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Tenant shall be relieved from paying rent and other charges during any portion of the Lease term that the Leased Premises are inoperable or unfit for occupancy, or use, in whole or in part, for Tenant’s purposes. Rentals and other charges paid in advance for any such periods shall be credited on the next ensuing payments, if any, but if no further payments are to be made, any such advance payments shall be refunded to Tenant. The provisions of this paragraph extend not only to the matters aforesaid, but also to any occurrence which is beyond Tenant’s reasonable control and which renders the Leased Premises, or any appurtenance thereto, inoperable or unfit for occupancy or use, in whole or in part, for Tenant’s purposes.




Page 3 of 6



 


15. Default.


If default shall at any time be made by Tenant in the payment of rent when due to Landlord as herein provided, and if said default shall continue for fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to Tenant by Landlord, or if default shall be made in any of the other covenants or conditions to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof in writing to Tenant by Landlord without correction thereof then having been commenced and thereafter diligently prosecuted, Landlord may declare the term of this Lease ended and terminated by giving Tenant written notice of such intention, and if possession of the Leased Premises is not surrendered, Landlord may reenter said premises. Landlord shall have, in addition to the remedy above provided, any other right or remedy available to Landlord on account of any Tenant default, either in law or equity. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages.


16. Quiet Possession.


Landlord covenants and warrants that upon performance by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, Landlord will keep and maintain Tenant in exclusive, quiet, peaceable and undisturbed and uninterrupted possession of the Leased Premises during the term of this Lease.


17. Condemnation.


If any legally, constituted authority condemns the Building or such part thereof which shall make the Leased Premises unsuitable for leasing, this Lease shall cease when the public authority takes possession, and Landlord and Ten ant shall account for rental as of that date. Such termination shall be without prejudice to the rights of either party to recover compensation from the condemning authority for any loss or damage caused by the condemnation. Neither party shall have any rights in or to any award made to the other by the condemning authority.


18. Subordination.


Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien presently existing or hereafter arising upon the Leased Premises, or upon the Building and to any renewals, refinancing and extensions thereof, but Tenant agrees that any such mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate such mortgage, deed of trust or other lien to this Lease on such terms and subject to such conditions as such mortgagee may deem appropriate in its discretion. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and authority to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien now existing or hereafter placed upon the Leased Premises of the Building, and Tenant agrees upon demand to execute such further instruments subordinating this Lease to the holder of any such liens as Landlord may request. In the event that Tenant should fail to execute any instrument of subordination herein require d to be executed by Tenant promptly as requested, Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute such instrument in Tenant’s name, place and stead, it being agreed that such power is one coupled with an interest. Tenant agrees that it will from time to time upon request by Landlord execute and deliver to such persons as Landlord shall request a statement in recordable form certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as so modified), stating the dates to which rent and other charges payable under this Lease have been paid, stating that Landlord is not in default hereunder (or if Tenant alleges a default stating the nature of such alleged default) and further stating such other matters as Landlord shall reasonably require.


19. Security Deposit.


The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and as security for the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood that the Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant. Unless otherwise provided by mandatory non-waivable law or regulation, Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s other funds. Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent or to satisfy any other covenant or obligation of Tenant hereunder. Following any such application of the



Page 4 of 6



 


Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not in default at the termination of this Lease, the balance of the Security Deposit remaining after any such application shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the term of this Lease, Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit.


20. Notice.


Any notice required or permitted under this Lease shall be deemed sufficiently given or served if sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:


If to Landlord to:

If to Tenant to:

 

 

Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC

Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation

13590 SW 134 Avenue Suite 215

13590 SW 134 Avenue Suite 214

Miami, FL. 33186

Miami, FL. 33186


Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right from time to time to change the place notice is to be given under this paragraph by written notice thereof to the other party.


21. Brokers.


Tenant represents that Tenant was not shown the Premises by any real estate broker or agent and that Tenant has not otherwise engaged in, any activity which could form the basis for a claim for real estate commission, brokerage fee, finder’s fee or other similar charge, in connection with this Lease.


22. Waiver.


No waiver of any default of Landlord or Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any omission to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect any default other than the default specified in the express waiver and that only for the time and to the extent therein stated. One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant, term or condition.


23. Memorandum of Lease.


The parties hereto contemplate that this Lease should not and shall not be filed for record, but in lieu thereof, at the request of either party, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a Memorandum of Lease to be recorded for the purpose of giving record notice of the appropriate provisions of this Lease.


24. Headings.


The headings used in this Lease are for convenience of the parties only and shall not be considered in interpreting the meaning of any provision of this Lease.


25. Successors.


The provisions of this Lease shall extend to and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns.


26. Consent.


Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent with respect to any matter for which Landlord’s consent is required or desirable under this Lease.




Page 5 of 6



 


27. Performance.


If there is a default with respect to any of Landlord’s covenants, warranties or representations under this Lease, and if the default continues more than fifteen (15) days after notice in writing from Tenant to Landlord specifying the default, Tenant may, at its option and without affecting any other remedy hereunder, cure such default and deduct the cost thereof from the next accruing installment or installments of rent payable hereunder until Tenant shall have been fully reimbursed for such expenditures, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the then highest lawful rate. If this Lease terminates prior to Tenant’s receiving full reimbursement, Landlord shall pay the unreimbursed balance plus accrued interest to Tenant on demand.


28. Compliance with Law.


Tenant shall comply with all laws, orders, ordinances and other public requirements now or hereafter pertaining to Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall comply with all laws, orders, ordinances and other public requirements now or hereafter affecting the Leased Premises.


29. Final Agreement.


This Agreement terminates and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements on the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be modified only by a further writing that is duly executed by both parties.


30. Governing Law.


This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted by, through and under the Laws of the State of Florida.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.


 



/s/ Margaret Ruiz

Margaret Ruiz, Member

Marlenko Acquisitions, LLC Landlord





/s/ William Koppelmann

William J. Koppelmann, President

Standard Premium Finance Management Corp, Tenant





Page 6 of 6


 


EXHIBIT 10.7

Name

# of Options Awarded

 

 

Brian Krogol

83,700

Victor Galliano

27,900

Robert Mattucci

27,900

Ramon Mejido

27,900

Dagoberto Gonzalez

10,000

Margaret Ruiz

10,000

 

 

Total

187,400

 

 

Maximum Aggregate Options

300,000

Remaining Options in Plan

112,600





 


EXHIBIT 10.8

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 5, 2018 among the parties identified as “Grantors” on the signature pages hereto and such other parties as may become Grantors after the date hereof (individually a “Grantor”, and collectively the “Grantors”) and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent”) for the holders of the Obligations (defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2018 (as it may be amended, amended and restated, joined, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (“Holdings”), STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (the Borrower”) and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as lender (“Lender” and together with any other Person that becomes a lender thereunder, the “Lenders”) and as the administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), the Lenders have agreed to make Loans and provide other financial accommodations upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Lenders agreeing to make Loans from time to time under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors enter into this Agreement;

WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the Lenders would not enter into the Credit Agreement and would not extend the financial accommodations contemplated thereunder if each Grantor did not grant a security interest in, on or upon the Collateral to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as security for the Obligations pursuant to this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each Grantor party hereto acknowledges that it will derive substantial benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.   

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Definitions.

(a)

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

(b)

The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC (as defined herein):  Accession, Account, Account Debtor, As-Extracted Collateral, Bank, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Commingled Goods, Commodity Account, Consumer Goods, Deposit Account, Document, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Farm Products, Financial Asset, Fixtures, General Intangible, Goods, Health-Care-




 


Insurance Receivable, Instrument, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Manufactured Home, Proceeds, Payment Intangible, Record, Securities Entitlement, Securities Account, Securities Intermediary, Security, Software, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

(c)

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Applicable Time” means (i) from the Closing Date until the first Reporting Date after the Closing Date, the Closing Date and (ii) at any time thereafter, the most recent Reporting Date.

Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 2 hereof.

Contract” means all contracts or agreements to which any Grantor is a party including, without limitation, (a) each partnership, joint venture, bylaw, or limited liability company agreement to which such Grantor is a party, (b) each lease, license or sublicense, evidence of Indebtedness, mortgage, indenture, security agreement, deed of trust or other contract, commitment or obligation to which such Grantor is a party, and (c) any hedge or similar agreement to which such Grantor is a party.

Contract Rights” means all of the rights of any Grantor (including, without limitation, all rights to payment) under any Contract.

Control Agreement” means any account control agreement or similar agreement that provides “control” to the Administrative Agent as set forth in Article 8 of the UCC.

Copyright License” means any written agreement, naming any Grantor as licensor, granting any right under any Copyright.

Copyrights” means (a) all registered United States copyrights in all Works (as defined below), now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office (“USCO”) or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and (b) all renewals thereof.

Equity Interest” means any security, share, unit, partnership interest, membership interest, ownership interest, equity interest, option, warrant, participation, equity security or analogous interest (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, business trust or other entity, of whatever nature, type, series or class, whether voting or nonvoting, certificated or uncertificated, common or preferred, including all rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities) and all rights and privileges incident thereto.



2



 


Intellectual Property” means United States, international or foreign (a) Trademarks and Trademark Licenses, (b) Copyrights and Copyright Licenses, (c) Patents, (d) Patent Licenses, (e) Software (including source codes, object codes, date and related documentation), (f) URLs (g) confidential and proprietary information, including, without limitation, all trade secrets, technology, ideas, know-how, formulae and customer and supplier lists, (h) Works and (i) all other proprietary rights or intellectual property rights.

Issuer” means Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, a Florida corporation and any other issuer of any of the Pledged Equity.

Patent License” means any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Grantor of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent.

Patents” means (a) all letters patent of the United States or any other country and all reissues and extensions thereof, and (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof.

Perfection Certificate” means each Perfection Certificate, in the form of attached as Exhibit G to the Credit Agreement, prepared by each of the Grantors and delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date hereof, which such Perfection Certificate shall be updated, modified and supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

Pledge Registration and Control Agreement” means that certain Pledge Registration and Control Agreement attached as Exhibit I hereto.

Pledged Equity” means, with respect to each Grantor, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor in any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, the Equity Interests owned by such Grantor on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, in each case, together with the certificates (or other agreements or instruments), if any, representing such Equity Interests, and all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, the following:

(1)

all Equity Interests representing a dividend thereon, or representing a distribution or return of capital upon or in respect thereof, or resulting from a stock split, revision, reclassification or other exchange therefor, and any subscriptions, warrants, rights or options issued to the holder thereof, or otherwise in respect thereof;

(2)

all other payments due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of such Equity Interests, whether under any by-laws, operating agreements, limited liability company agreements, other governing documents or otherwise, whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;



3



 


(3)

all claims, rights, power, privileges, authority, options, security interests, Liens and remedies, if any, of such Grantor, under any governing document, or at law, or otherwise in respect of such Equity Interests;

(4)

all future claims, if any, of such Grantor against the Issuer of such Equity Interests for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise;

(5)

all of such Grantor’s rights under any by-laws, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement or other governing documents or at law, to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests;

(6)

in the event of any consolidation or merger involving the Issuer thereof and in which such Issuer is not the surviving Person, all shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the successor Person formed by or resulting from such consolidation or merger; and

(7)

with respect to membership interests in any limited liability company, all of such Grantor’s capital therein and all of its interest in all profits, losses, assets and other distributions to which such Grantor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such limited liability company interest.

 “Reporting Date” means the date following (i) any Fiscal Quarter on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement (solely with respect to a month that coincides with the end of any Fiscal Quarter), or (ii) the consummation of any acquisition that is expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement.

Trademark License” means any agreement, written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Grantor of any right to use any Trademark.

Trademarks” means (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and the goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith (other than “intent to use” applications until a verified statement of use is filed with respect to such applications), whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office  (“USPTO”) or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise and (b) all renewals thereof.

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of Florida; provided, however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of Applicable Laws, any or all of the attachment, perfection



4



 


or priority of Administrative Agent’s security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Florida, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Unearned Proceeds Collateral” mean any and all Unearned Receivables, including, for the avoidance of doubt, unearned insurance premiums, commissions or other amounts received by or otherwise in the possession of any Grantor or any such amount that is owed to any Grantor by any insurance company, insurance agent, insurance broker or any and all similar Persons or any such amounts over which any Grantor has (or is purported to have) a Lien or other security interests in or on such unearned insurance premiums, commissions or other amounts.

URL’s” means, in relation to any Grantor, all Internet domain names that are used primarily in connection with the business of such Grantor and that are owned or otherwise used by such Grantor.

Vehicles” means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles or Equipment covered by a certificate of title law and, in any event, including, without limitation, the vehicles and Equipment listed on Schedule 4(l).

Work” means any work that is subject to copyright protection pursuant to Title 17 of the United States Code or under any similar law of the United States, any state thereof, any other country or, in each case, any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise.

2.

Grant of Security Interest in the Collateral.  To secure the prompt payment and performance in full when due, whether by lapse of time, acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise, of the Obligations, each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, pledges and assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in, and a right to set off against, any and all right, title and interest of such Grantor in and to all personal and real property of every kind, including, without limitation, all of the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter owned, acquired, existing or arising hereafter and wherever located (collectively, the “Collateral”):

(a)

all Accounts;

(b)

all cash, currency and Permitted Investments;

(c)

all Chattel Paper (including, without limitation, all Tangible Chattel Paper and all Electronic Chattel Paper);

(d)

all Commercial Tort Claims, including those set forth on Schedule 4(j) hereto;



5



 


(e)

all Commodity Accounts and all assets on deposit therein;

(f)

all Contracts together with all Contract Rights;

(g)

all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts and all assets on deposit therein;

(h)

all Documents;

(i)

all Equipment;

(j)

all Fixtures;

(k)

all General Intangibles (including Payment Intangibles);

(l)

all Goods;

(m)

all Health-Care-Insurance Receivables;

(n)

all Instruments;

(o)

all Intellectual Property;

(p)

all Inventory;

(q)

all Investment Property;

(r)

all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(a)

all Contracts;

(b)

all Pledged Equity;

(c)

all Securities Accounts and all assets on deposit therein;

(d)

all Supporting Obligations;

(e)

all Vehicles and title documents with respect to Vehicles;

(f)

all Receivables, including, without limitation, Unearned Proceeds Collateral and any rights (whether by contract, at law or in equity) to such Receivables;

(g)

all other personal property whether or not subject to the UCC;

(h)

all books and records, files and electronic documents or programs that evidence or contain information relating to any of such personal property; and

(s)

all Accessions, all products and all Proceeds (including cash proceeds and noncash proceeds) of any and all of the foregoing.



6



 


The Grantors hereby acknowledge and agree that the security interest created hereby in the Collateral constitutes continuing collateral security for all of the Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, any amounts currently outstanding and any future advances.

3.

Grantors Remain Liable.  Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral set forth herein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder, all in accordance with any such contracts and agreements, (b) the exercise by be the Administrative Agent of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements and (c) no Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements by reason of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

4.

Representations and Warranties.  Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a)

Ownership.  Each Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of its Collateral and has the right to pledge, sell, assign or transfer the same free and clear of any Lien, claim option or right of others, except for the security interest created under this Agreement, and Permitted Lien.  To the knowledge of each Grantor, there exists no “adverse claim” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC with respect to the Pledged Equity of any Grantor.

(b)

Security Interest/Priority.  This Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in the Collateral and, when properly perfected by filing financing statements in the appropriate offices against the Grantors, shall constitute a valid and perfected, first priority security interest in the Collateral (including all uncertificated Pledged Equity that does not constitute Securities), to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing under the UCC, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Lien.  The (i) taking possession by the Administrative Agent of the certificated Securities (if any) evidencing the Pledged Equity and all other Instruments constituting Collateral will perfect and establish the first priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in all the Pledged Equity evidenced by such certificated Securities and such Instruments and (ii) execution by the applicable Issuer, Administrative Agent and Grantors of the Pledge Registration and Control Agreement will perfect by control (as such term is used in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC) and establish the first priority of Administrative Agent’s security interest, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in all Pledged Equity which constitutes uncertificated Securities.  With respect to any Collateral consisting of a Deposit Account, Securities Entitlement or held in a Securities Account or Commodity Account, upon execution and delivery by the applicable Grantor, the applicable Securities Intermediary or Bank and the Administrative Agent of a Control Agreement with respect to a Deposit Account or Control Agreement with respect to a Securities Account Control Agreement, as applicable, the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected, first priority security interest in such Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  With respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, upon execution and delivery by the applicable Grantor of a notice of grant of security



7



 


interest in Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks and the filing of such notice in the USPTO or the USCO, as applicable, in combination with the filing of financing statements in the appropriate offices referenced above in this Section 4(b), the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected, first priority security interest in such Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(c)

Types of Collateral.  As of the Applicable Time, none of the Collateral consists of, or is the Accession or Proceeds of, As-Extracted Collateral, Consumer Goods, Farm Products, Manufactured Homes or standing timber.  Each of the Grantors has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Perfection Certificate.  Each Grantor represents that the completed Perfection Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is true and correct in all material respects and the facts contained in the Perfection Certificate are accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date, or in the case of any Perfection Certificate delivered after the Closing Date, as of the date of such Perfection Certificate.  Not later than each Reporting Date, each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall supplement its Perfection Certificate promptly upon obtaining information that would require any correction or addition to the Perfection Certificate and such Grantor shall promptly deliver such updated Perfection Certificate to the Administrative Agent.

(d)

Equipment and Inventory.  As of the Applicable Time, all of the Equipment and Inventory (other than Inventory in transit or rolling stock, vessels, Vehicles or Equipment in transit in the ordinary course of business) of a Grantor included in the Collateral with a value in excess of $25,000 is kept only at the locations specified in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate (as such Perfection Certificate may be amended or supplemented from time to time) or, in the case of Vehicles, in the possession of third parties for repair or maintenance in the ordinary course of business.  With respect to any Equipment and/or Inventory of a Grantor, such Grantor has exclusive possession and control of such Equipment and Inventory except for (i) Equipment leased by such Grantor as a lessee, (ii) Equipment or Inventory in transit with common carriers or Vehicles in the possession of third parties for repair or maintenance in the ordinary course of business or (iii) Equipment or Inventory in the possession of a warehouseman, bailee or other agent to the extent the requirements of Section 5(f) relating thereto are completed.  As of the Closing Date, no Inventory, and thereafter, no Inventory having a value greater than $25,000, of a Grantor is held by a Person other than a Grantor pursuant to consignment, sale or return, sale on approval or similar arrangement.

(e)

Pledged Equity.  As of each date on which the actions required with respect to Pledged Equity pursuant to Section 5(b)(ii) are required to have been taken, Schedule 1 shall be (or shall be updated as of such date such that it is) true, correct and complete in all respects as of such date.  All Pledged Equity is duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and, to the extent applicable, non-assessable and is not subject to the preemptive rights of any Person (unless such preemptive rights have been waived to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent at its sole option).  As of the Applicable Time, except as disclosed on Schedule 1, there are no existing options, warrants, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to the Equity Interests of the any Issuer.  Except as specifically set forth on Schedule 1, none of the Pledged Equity is



8



 


subject to any restriction that would prohibit or restrict the security interests granted hereby or the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s remedies hereunder, including the Administrative Agent’s ability to become a member, partner or similar Person with respect to such Grantor, in each case, immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and without requiring any further notice, consent or action by any Person.

(f)

Partnership and Limited Liability Company Interests.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4(f) and except for certificated Equity Interests issued by any Issuer that is a corporation and pledged to Administrative Agent in accordance with the requirements of Section 5(b) hereof, none of the Pledged Equity (i) is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or in a securities market, (ii) by its terms expressly provides that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) is an investment company security, (iv) is held in a Securities Account or (v) constitutes a Security or a Financial Asset.

(g)

Contracts; Agreements; Licenses.  The Grantors have no material contracts, agreements or licenses which are non-assignable by their terms or as a matter of law or do not allow for a change of control, or which prevent the granting of a security interest therein, except for those contracts, agreements or licenses where (i) such prohibition or default has been waived or consented to by the third party that is party to such contract, agreement or license or (ii) such prohibition or default would be rendered ineffective according to the relevant provisions of the UCC, any other applicable law or principles of equity.

(h)

No Restrictions.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4(h), no restrictions in any organizational or other corporate documents governing any Pledged Equity or any other document related thereto would limit or restrict (i) the grant of a Lien pursuant to this Agreement on such Pledged Equity, (ii) the perfection of such Lien or (iii) the exercise of remedies in respect of such perfected Lien in the Pledged Equity as contemplated by this Agreement.  As of the Closing Date, true, correct and complete copies of each Issuer’s organizational or other corporate documents governing any Pledged Equity or any other document related thereto have been delivered to Administrative Agent and each such organizational or other corporate document is substantially consistent with the provisions set forth on Exhibit II or, to the extent such organizational or other corporate document is not consistent with such Exhibit II, such organizational or other corporate document has been amended such that it is substantially consistent with Exhibit II in favor of the Administrative Agent.   

(i)

Consents; Etc.  Except for (i) the filing or recording of UCC financing statements, (ii) the filing of appropriate notices with the USPTO and the USCO, (iii) obtaining control to perfect the Liens created by this Agreement (to the extent required under Section 5(b) hereof), (iv) such actions as may be required by Applicable Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities, (v) such actions as may be required by foreign Applicable  affecting the pledge of the Pledged Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries and (vi) consents, authorizations, filings or other actions which have been obtained or made, no consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or Governmental Authority and no consent of any other Person (including,



9



 


without limitation, any stockholder, member or creditor of such Grantor or an Issuer), is required for (A) the grant by such Grantor of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereby or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor (other than as set forth on Schedule 4(i)), or (B) the perfection of such security interest (to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing of a financing statement under the UCC, the granting of control (to the extent required under Section 5(b) hereof) or by filing an appropriate notice with the USPTO or the USCO, or (C) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties of the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement.

(j)

Commercial Tort Claims.  As of the Applicable Time, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claims other than as set forth on Schedule 4(j) hereto.

(k)

Accounts.  (i) No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Accounts is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper which has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent, except if no Event of Default then exists, Accounts not exceeding individually or in the aggregate of $25,000.  

(i)

None of the obligors on any Accounts is a Governmental Authority.

(ii)

The amounts represented by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent from time to time as owing to such Grantor in respect of the Accounts will at such times be accurate.

(l)

Vehicles.  As of the Applicable Time, all Vehicles included in the Collateral that are covered by a certificate of title under a statute of any jurisdiction under the law of which indication of a security interest on such certificate is required as a condition of perfection thereof are described on Schedule 4(l) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

(m)

Intellectual Property.  As of the Closing Date, no Grantor has any interest in, or title to, any registered Patent, Trademark or Copyright except as set forth in Schedule 4(m).  All Intellectual Property owned by each Grantor is valid, subsisting and enforceable and all filings necessary to maintain the effectiveness of such registrations have been made.  Each Grantor is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property purported to be owned by such Grantor, free and clear of any Liens (including without limitation licenses and covenants by such Grantor not to sue third persons), except for Permitted Liens.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4(m), as of the Applicable Time, each Grantor has no notice of any suits or actions commenced or threatened with reference to any Intellectual Property.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, the operation of each Grantor’s business as currently conducted and the use of its Intellectual Property in connection therewith do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of any third party.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any notice of grant of security interest in



10



 


Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents and the filing of such notice by each Grantor will not violate or cause a default under any Intellectual Property of such Grantor or any agreement in connection therewith.

(n)

Pledged Notes.  Each promissory note executed in favor of a Grantor or any other promissory note held or obtained by any Grantor, whether or not such promissory note is pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such obligor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws generally affecting creditors’ rights, or general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

Borrower’s Perfection

. Borrower represents to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it has and shall at all at times maintain a security interest in all Unearned Receivables Collateral pursuant to and as set forth in each applicable Premium Finance Agreement.

5.

Covenants.  Each Grantor covenants that until the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall:

(a)

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest.  Maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4(b) and shall defend such security interest and such priority against the claims and demands of all Persons.  

(b)

Instruments/Chattel Paper/Pledged Equity/Control.

(i)

If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument, promissory note or Tangible Chattel Paper, or if any property constituting Collateral shall be stored or shipped subject to a Document or if any such Collateral constitutes Receivables, Grantor shall ensure that such Instrument, promissory note, Tangible Chattel Paper, Document or Receivables is either in the possession of such Grantor at all times or, if requested by the Administrative Agent to perfect its security interest in such Collateral, is delivered to the Administrative Agent duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or is delivered to a third-party selected by the Administrative Agent to take possession of such items on behalf of the Administrative Agent or at the request of the Administrative Agent the Grantor shall take any further action required to assign any collateral pledged by any Obligor in respect of their applicable Receivables.  At the request of Administrative Agent following an Event of Default, such Grantor shall mark any Collateral consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper or Receivables with a legend reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent indicating the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Tangible Chattel Paper or such Receivables, as the case may be.  Each Grantor will also deliver to



11



 


Administrative Agent all security agreements, if any, securing such Instruments or promissory notes and deliver UCC financing statement amendments assigning to Administrative Agent any UCC financing statements filed by such Grantor in connection with such security agreement.

(ii)

Deliver to the Administrative Agent promptly upon the receipt thereof by or on behalf of a Grantor (but in any event not later than the earlier of (x) the next Reporting Date and (y) the date on which delivery of quarterly financial statements is required pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement), all certificates and instruments constituting or representing Pledged Equity.  Prior to delivery to the Administrative Agent, all such certificates constituting or representing Pledged Equity shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the benefit of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto.  All such certificates constituting or representing Pledged Equity shall be delivered in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank.

(iii)

Deliver to, and cause each Issuer listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, to execute a Pledge Registration and Control Agreement, promptly (and otherwise not more than ten (10) Business Days after such Equity Interests are required to be pledged pursuant to Section 5(b)(ii)).  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein or in any other Credit Document, each Issuer that is a Grantor hereunder shall comply (and each Grantor shall cause any applicable Issuer that is not a Grantor hereunder to comply) with the provisions of the form Pledge Registration and Control Agreement as if such provisions were part of this Agreement notwithstanding the applicable Pledge Registration and Control Agreement not having yet been executed and delivered.

(iv)

Execute and deliver all agreements, assignments, instruments or other documents as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining control (as such term is used in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC) with respect to any Collateral consisting of (i) subject to Section 5.19 of the Credit Agreement, Deposit Accounts, (ii) Investment Property with a value in excess of $25,000 (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case, there will be no threshold amount), (iii) Letter-of-Credit Rights (if the underlying Letter of Credit has an undrawn face amount of $25,000 or more and a term of more than three (3) months; provided that after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no threshold shall apply), and (iv) Electronic Chattel Paper with a value in excess of $25,000 (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case, there will be no threshold amount).

(c)

Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, etc.  If any Collateral with a value in excess of $25,000 (other than Vehicles under repair or maintenance in the ordinary course of business) is at any time in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or any agent or processor of such Grantor and the Administrative Agent so requests (i) notify such Person in writing of the Administrative Agent’s security



12



 


interest therein, (ii) instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for the Administrative Agent’s account and subject to the Administrative Agent’s instructions and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a written acknowledgment from such Person that it is holding such Collateral for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.

(d)

Treatment of Accounts.  Not grant or extend the time for payment of any Account, or compromise or settle any Account for less than the full amount thereof, or release any person or property, in whole or in part, from payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon, other than as normal and customary in the ordinary course of a Grantor’s business determined by such Grantor to be appropriate in its commercially reasonable business judgment exercised in good faith.  During the continence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that it considers advisable, and Grantors shall fully cooperate with the Administrative Agent in connection therewith.  

(e)

Commercial Tort Claims.  Promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent of any Commercial Tort Claims of which any Responsible Officer of a Grantor has knowledge, by or in favor of such Grantor and (ii) execute and deliver such agreements, statements, documents and notices and do and cause to be done all such things as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, or required by Law to grant, create, preserve, perfect and maintain the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any Commercial Tort Claims held by or in favor of any Grantor.

(f)

Inventory.  Not permit any Inventory or Equipment to be kept at a location other than that listed on the Perfection Certificate except (A) for Inventory or Equipment in transit, (B) for Equipment that is being repaired, (C) for Equipment that is no longer used or useful in the Grantors’ business having an aggregate value not to exceed $25,000 and (D) for a location within the continental United States where Grantors have delivered, or have used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, a Lien Waiver, or a substantially similar agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.   

(g)

Books and Records.  Mark its books and records (and shall cause the Issuer of the Pledged Equity of such Grantor to mark its books and records) to reflect the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement and not permit its books and records to be kept a location within the continental United States where Grantors have used commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain a Lien Waiver, or a substantially similar agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(h)

Compliance with Securities Laws.  File all reports and other information now or hereafter required to be filed by such Grantor with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any other state, federal or foreign agency in connection with the ownership of the Pledged Equity of such Grantor.

(i)

Nature of Collateral.  At all times maintain the Collateral as personal property and not affix any of the Collateral to any real property in a manner which would change its nature from personal property to real property or a Fixture to real property,



13



 


unless the Administrative Agent shall have a perfected Lien on such Fixture or real property.

(j)

Partnership and Limited Liability Company Interests.  Not permit any Pledged Equity consisting of an interest in a partnership or a limited liability company to (i) be dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or in a securities market, (ii) by its terms expressly provide that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) be an investment company security, (iv) be held in a Securities Account or (v) constitute a Security or a Financial Asset, in each case, without executing and delivering, and causing the applicable Issuer to execute and deliver to Administrative Agent the certificate or similar instrument evidencing the Pledged Equity (together with a corresponding stock power or similar instrument of transfer), Securities Account Control Agreement (if applicable), a Pledge Registration and Control Agreement and/or such other agreements, documents and instruments as required under Section 5(b) hereunder (or the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement) or otherwise as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of perfecting Administrative Agent’s Lien in such Collateral.

(k)

Intellectual Property.  Whenever such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the USPTO, the USCO or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall, no later than the next Reporting Date, report such filing to the Administrative Agent and update any relevant schedules related thereto.  Upon request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ security interest in any such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.  Each Grantor will, subject to its reasonable business judgment, (i) continue to use Intellectual Property to prevent any claim of abandonment or non-use with respect to such Intellectual Property, (ii) maintain as in the past the quality of products and services offered under material Trademarks and (iii) notify the Administrative Agent promptly if any Intellectual Property included in Collateral becomes forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, each Grantor (either itself or through licensees or sublicensees thereof) will not do any act that knowingly uses any Intellectual Property to infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.  In the event that any material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, each Grantor shall take any actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

(l)

Transfer by the Grantors; Control in favor of Others.  

(i)

Not sell or otherwise dispose of, grant any option with respect to, or mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber all or any part of the Equity Interests or any interest therein (except, in each case, in accordance with or as otherwise



14



 


expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, and the other Credit Documents).

(ii)

 Not grant “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-106 of the UCC) over any Investment Property to any Person other than the Administrative Agent.

(m)

Notices.  If it acquires any interest on or after the date hereof in any property that is of a type that requires the security interest or lien therein to be registered, recorded or filed under, or notice given under, any federal statute or regulation, it shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of such acquisition on or prior to the next Reporting Date following such acquisition.

Premium Finance Documents

. The Borrower shall maintain all Premium Finance Documents (other than that which has been delivered to the Administrative Agent or which are maintained by a third-party acting as a custodian on behalf of the Administrative Agent) in a secure manner in a location with fire, casualty and theft protection satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and subject to a Lien Waiver in accordance with the Credit Agreement. The Borrower will provide to the Administrative Agent copies of any Premium Finance Documents as the Administrative Agent may request.

(o)

Deposit Accounts, Etc. Subject to Section 5.19 of the Credit Agreement regarding the transition of accounts from BB&T, no Grantor shall maintain Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts with any Person other than WNB and its Affiliates; provided that, subject to Section 5.19 of the Credit Agreement, if any Grantor acquires or opens any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account with any Person other than WNB or its Affiliates, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodities Account and promptly enter into a customary account control agreement to grant the Administrative Agent “control” of such account under Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC (as applicable) within 10 days (or such longer period as agreed by the Administrative Agent at its sole option) of the opening or acquisition of any such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodities Account.

6.

Vehicles.  With respect to any Vehicle included in the Collateral, such Grantor shall (i) provide information with respect to any such Vehicle reasonably required by the Administrative Agent (or its designated agent), (ii) (x) with respect to such Vehicle owned on the Closing Date, shall, within thirty  (30) days, or such longer period as may be approved by the Administrative Agent at its sole option, of the Closing Date or (y) with respect to Vehicles acquired after the Closing Date, no later than thirty days (30) following such acquisition (or such longer period as may be approved by the Administrative Agent at its sole option), execute and file (or cause to be executed and filed) with the registrar of motor vehicles or other appropriate authority in such jurisdiction an application or other document requesting the notation or other indication of the security interest created hereunder on such certificate of title, and (iii) promptly upon receipt thereof, deliver to the Administrative Agent (or its designated agent) copies of all such applications or other documents filed and copies of all such certificates of title issued indicating the security interest created hereunder in the items of Vehicles covered thereby.



15



 


7.

Filing of Financing Statements, Notices, etc.  Each Grantor at its own expense hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to prepare and file such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time deem reasonably necessary in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC (including authorization to describe the Collateral as “all personal property” or “all assets” or words of similar import), and each such Grantor hereby ratifies and agrees to the filing of all such financing statements heretofore filed by the Administrative Agent.  Each Grantor shall also execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such agreements, assignments or instruments (including affidavits, notices, reaffirmations and amendments and restatements of existing documents, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request) and do all such other things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time (i) to assure to the Administrative Agent of its security interests hereunder and the attachment and perfection thereof, (ii) to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) to otherwise protect and assure the Administrative Agent of its rights and interests hereunder, including, without limitation, with respect to each of the foregoing:  (A) such instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC, (B) with regard to Copyrights, a notice of grant of security interest in Copyrights for filing with the USCO substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (C) with regard to Patents, a notice of grant of security interest in Patents for filing with the USPTO substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and (D) with regard to Trademarks, a notice of grant of security interest in Trademarks for filing with the USPTO substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.  In addition, each Grantor will, at its own expense, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time, promptly following the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, all such lists, descriptions and designations of its Collateral, warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take all such further steps relating to the Collateral and other property or rights covered by the security interests hereby granted, which the Administrative Agent from time to time may reasonably request to perfect, preserve or protect its security interests against the Collateral

8.

Advances.  On failure of any Grantor to perform any of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, perform the same and in so doing may expend such sums as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem advisable in the performance thereof, including, without limitation, the payment of any insurance premiums, the payment of any taxes, a payment to obtain a release of a Lien or potential Lien (other than a Permitted Lien), expenditures made in defending against any adverse claim and all other expenditures which the Administrative Agent may make for the protection of the security interests in the Collateral or which Administrative Agent may be compelled to make by operation of law.  All such sums and amounts so expended shall:  (a) be repayable by the Grantors on a joint and several basis promptly upon timely notice thereof and demand therefore; (b) constitute additional Obligations; and (c) bear interest from the date said amounts are expended at the default rate as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement.  Neither the performance of any covenant or agreement by the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Grantor, nor the advance or expenditure therefor, shall relieve the Grantors of any Default or



16



 


Event of Default.  During the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may make any payment hereby authorized in accordance with any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office or holder of the claim to be discharged without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien, title or claim.  

9.

Remedies.

(a)

General Remedies.  During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies provided herein, in the Credit Documents, in any other documents relating to the Obligations, or by Applicable Law (including, but not limited to, levy of attachment, garnishment and the rights and remedies set forth in the UCC of the jurisdiction applicable to the affected Collateral), the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (regardless of whether the UCC is the law of the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted and regardless of whether the UCC applies to the affected Collateral), and further, the Administrative Agent may, with or without judicial process or the aid and assistance of others, (i) enter on any premises on which any of the Collateral may be located and, without resistance or interference by the Grantors, take possession of the Collateral, (ii) dispose of any Collateral on any such premises, (iii) require the Grantors to assemble and make available to the Administrative Agent at the expense of the Grantors any Collateral at any place and time designated by the Administrative Agent which is reasonably convenient to both parties, (iv) remove any Collateral from any such premises for the purpose of effecting sale or other disposition thereof, and/or (v) without demand and without advertisement, notice, hearing or process of law, all of which each of the Grantors hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, at any place and time or times, sell and deliver any or all Collateral held by or for it at public or private sale (which in the case of a private sale of Pledged Equity, shall be to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire such Equity Interests for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof), at any exchange or broker’s board or elsewhere, by one or more contracts, in one or more parcels, for cash, upon credit or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent deems advisable, in its sole discretion (subject to any and all mandatory legal requirements).  Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the seller than the prices and other terms which might have been obtained at a public sale and, notwithstanding the foregoing, agrees that such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and, in the case of a sale of Pledged Equity, that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to delay sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933.  Neither the Administrative Agent’s compliance with applicable Applicable Law nor its disclaimer of warranties relating to the Collateral shall be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale.  To the extent the rights of notice cannot be legally waived hereunder, each Grantor agrees that any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice, specifying the place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made, is personally served on or mailed, postage prepaid, to the Borrower in



17



 


accordance with the notice provisions of the Credit Agreement at least ten (10) days before the time of sale or other event giving rise to the requirement of such notice.  The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  Each Grantor further acknowledges and agrees that any offer to sell any Pledged Equity which has been (i) publicly advertised on a bona fide basis in a newspaper or other publication of general circulation in the financial community of the State of Florida (to the extent that such offer may be advertised without prior registration under the Securities Act of 1933), or (ii) made privately in the manner described above shall be deemed to involve a “public sale” under the UCC, notwithstanding that such sale may not constitute a “public offering” under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Administrative Agent may, in such event, bid for the purchase of such Equity Interests.  The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale or other disposition of the Collateral regardless of notice having been given.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, any Secured Party may be a purchaser at any such sale.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each of the Grantors hereby waives all of its rights of redemption with respect to any such sale.  Subject to the provisions of Applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may postpone or cause the postponement of the sale of all or any portion of the Collateral by announcement at the time and place of such sale, and such sale may, without further notice, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be made at the time and place to which the sale was postponed, or the Administrative Agent may further postpone such sale by announcement made at such time and place.

(b)

Remedies relating to Accounts, Receivables, etc.  During the continuance of an Event of Default, whether or not the Administrative Agent has exercised any or all of its rights and remedies hereunder (except as prohibited by applicable law, including without limitation, the federal anti-assignment provisions of 42 U.S.C. §1396a(a)(32) and §1395g(c)), (i) each Grantor will promptly upon request of the Administrative Agent instruct all account debtors and/or Obligors to remit all payments in respect of Accounts or Receivables to a mailing location selected by the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent may notify Obligors that any Accounts and/or Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent or that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to enforce any Grantor’s rights against its customers and account debtors, and the Administrative Agent or its designee may notify any Grantor’s customers and account debtors or Obligors that the Accounts and/or Receivables of such Grantor have been assigned to the Administrative Agent or of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and may (either in its own name or in the name of a Grantor or both) demand, collect (including without limitation by way of a lockbox arrangement), receive, take receipt for, sell, sue for, compound, settle, compromise and give acquittance for any and all amounts due or to become due on any Account and/or Receivable, and, in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, file any claim or take any other action or proceeding to protect and realize upon the security interest of the holders of the Obligations in the Accounts and/or Receivables.  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the Proceeds of its Accounts and/or Receivables remitted to or on behalf of the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be solely for the Administrative Agent’s own



18



 


convenience and that such Grantor shall not have any right, title or interest in such Accounts and/or Receivables or in any such other amounts except as expressly provided herein.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Secured Parties shall have any liability or responsibility to any Grantor for acceptance of a check, draft or other order for payment of money bearing the legend “payment in full” or words of similar import or any other restrictive legend or endorsement or be responsible for determining the correctness of any remittance.  Furthermore, during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make test verifications of the Accounts and/or Receivables in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and the Grantors shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may require in connection with such test verifications, (ii) upon the Administrative Agent’s request and at the expense of the Grantors, the Grantors shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Accounts and (iii) the Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may communicate with account debtors and/or Obligors on the Accounts and/or Receivables to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts and/or Receivables.  Each Grantor further agrees that it will, without compensation of any nature from the Administrative Agent or Lenders, take all actions necessary to assist the Administrative Agent or any of its designees in taking possession of and/or collecting, as applicable, Accounts, Receivables, General Intangibles or any other items, all as more fully set forth in this Agreement.  Moreover, each Grantor hereby agrees that, upon the occurrence and during continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized, without any further action by any Person, to contact any Obligor, insurer, insurance agency, insurance broker or similar Person that owes money to the Borrower and to notify such Person that the Administrative Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the Lenders, as a security interest in all of the Borrower’s Receivables and that all payments, including any proceeds of unearned premiums, commissions or similar amounts, shall be paid directly to the Administrative Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that its undertaking herein is a material inducement for the Administrative Agent and Lenders to enter into, and make loan under, the Credit Agreement.

(c)

Pledged Equity.  In addition to the other rights and remedies hereunder, during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have, at its option, the sole and exclusive right to (or otherwise refrain from exercising its rights relating to) (i) transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee or transferee the whole or any part of the Pledged Equity, (ii) exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Equity for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, (iii) exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto, (iv) collect and receive all cash dividends and other payments and distributions made thereon and (v) notify the parties obligated on any of the Pledged Equity to make payment to Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

(d)

Access.  In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter



19



 


and remain upon the various premises of the Grantors without cost or charge to the Administrative Agent, and use the same, together with materials, supplies, books and records of the Grantors for the purpose of collecting and liquidating the Collateral, or for preparing for sale and conducting the sale of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure, auction or otherwise.  In addition, the Administrative Agent may remove Collateral, or any part thereof, from such premises and/or any records with respect thereto, in order to effectively collect or liquidate such Collateral. Furthermore, each Credit Party hereby assigns to the Administrative Agent any and all rights of such Credit Party to access any and all storage facilities or other locations where any Collateral or information (whether digital, hard copy or otherwise) relating to Collateral may be stored and each Credit Party hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to enter upon any such storage facilities or other locations and remove any contents thereof in connection with the Administrative Agent’s exercise of its remedies hereunder, including removal of any and all Receivables (whether in digital form or otherwise), any information related to any such Receivables and the devices in which such Receivables are stored in the case of a digital medium.  

(e)

Right to Inspect and Verify. The Administrative Agent (through any of its officers, employees, or agents and accompanied by any Lender or its designated representatives having requested to attend in the case of physical inspections) shall have the right, from time to time hereafter on reasonable notice unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) to inspect and audit the books and records of any Credit Party and make copies or abstracts thereof, during normal business hours, (ii) from time to time, to communicate directly with any and all Account Debtors, Obligors and any other Person (whether an insurer, insurance agency or insurance brokerage) owing Receivables to the Borrower to verify the existence and terms thereof, and (iii) from time to time, to check, test, and appraise the Collateral, or any portion thereof, in order to verify any of Grantor’s, Borrower’s, and Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ financial condition or the amount, quality, value, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral; and each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each Grantor to, permit any designated representative of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Borrower or such Grantor, as applicable, to inspect and to discuss their respective finances and any of their respective properties and Collateral, during normal business hours. Each Grantor shall, reimburse/pay the Administrative Agent for any costs, expenses and charges which are or will be incurred by the Administrative Agent in the exercise of the foregoing provisions.  

(f)

Nonexclusive Nature of Remedies.  Failure by the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations to exercise any right, remedy or option under this Agreement, any other Credit Document, any other agreement or document relating to the Obligations, or as provided by Applicable Law, or any delay by the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations in exercising the same, shall not operate as a waiver of any such right, remedy or option.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing, signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced and then only to the extent specifically stated, which in the case of the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations shall only be granted as provided herein or in the Credit Documents.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, neither the Administrative Agent, any Related Party of the Administrative Agent, the holders of the Obligations, nor



20



 


any party acting as attorney for the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations, shall be liable hereunder for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law other than to the extent that any losses or liabilities with respect thereto are determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from their gross negligence or willful misconduct hereunder.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations may have.

(g)

Retention of Collateral.  In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in compliance with Sections 9-620 and 9-621 of the UCC or otherwise complying with the requirements of Applicable Law of the relevant jurisdiction, accept or retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the Obligations.  Unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have provided such notices, however, the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have retained any Collateral in satisfaction of any Obligation for any reason.

(h)

Deficiency.  In the event that the proceeds of any sale, collection or realization are insufficient to pay all amounts to which the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties are legally entitled, or entitled to hereunder or under any other Credit Document, the Grantors shall be jointly and severally liable for the deficiency, together with interest thereon at the default rate as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Credit Agreement, together with any fees and expenses in connection therewith, as provided for in Section 9.5 of the Credit Agreement.  Any surplus remaining after the full payment and satisfaction of the Obligations shall be returned to the Grantors or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto.

(i)

Consent to Receiver.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or limiting in any way the rights of Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or otherwise under Applicable Laws, at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to apply for and have a receiver or receiver and manager appointed under state or federal law by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by the Administrative Agent or Secured Parties to enforce their rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents in order to manage, protect, preserve, sell and otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of the Grantors or any of them, and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all reasonable expenses and other charges of such receivership, including the reasonable compensation of the receiver, and to the payment of the Loans and other Obligations until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and consummated.  EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO OBJECT TO OR OTHERWISE CONTEST THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER DURING THE CONTINUANCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  EACH GRANTOR GRANTS SUCH WAIVER AND CONSENT KNOWINGLY AFTER HAVING DISCUSSED THE IMPLICATIONS THEREOF WITH COUNSEL, ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNCONTESTED RIGHT TO



21



 


HAVE A RECEIVER APPOINTED FOR THE FOREGOING PURPOSES IS CONSIDERED ESSENTIAL BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND SECURED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE ENFORCEMENT OF THEIR RIGHTS AND REMEDIES HEREUNDER AND UNDER THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND THE AVAILABILITY OF SUCH APPOINTMENT AS A REMEDY UNDER THE FOREGOING CIRCUMSTANCES WAS A MATERIAL FACTOR IN INDUCING SECURED PARTIES TO PROVIDE (AND COMMIT TO PROVIDE) FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATIONS TO BORROWERS, AND AGREES TO ENTER INTO ANY AND ALL STIPULATIONS IN ANY LEGAL ACTIONS, OR AGREEMENTS OR OTHER INSTRUMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING AND TO COOPERATE FULLY WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND SECURED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE ASSUMPTION AND EXERCISE OF CONTROL BY THE RECEIVER OVER ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE COLLATERAL AND PROPERTY OF THE BORROWERS AND THEIR SUBSIDIARIES.  NO RIGHT CONFERRED UPON SECURED PARTIES OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT HEREBY OR BY ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE EXCLUSIVE OF ANY OTHER RIGHT REFERRED TO HEREIN OR THEREIN OR NOW OR HEREAFTER AVAILABLE AT LAW, IN EQUITY, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE.

10.

Rights of the Administrative Agent.

(a)

Power of Attorney.  In addition to other powers of attorney contained herein each Grantor hereby designates and appoints the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and each of its designees or agents, as attorney-in-fact of such Grantor, irrevocably and with power of substitution, with authority to take such action (or refrain from taking such action) in its sole discretion that the Administrative Agent believes is reasonable or necessary or customary to protect the Administrative Agent’s or any Secured Party’s interests in the Collateral or its rights hereunder or any other Credit Document, including, without limitation, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral (which any or all of the following actions shall be taken at the sole expense of the Grantors), during the continuance of an Event of Default (which power shall be in addition and supplemental to any powers, rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent described herein or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent under applicable law):

(i)

to demand, collect, settle, compromise, adjust, give discharges and releases (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to Receivables), all as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine;

(ii)

to commence and prosecute any actions at any court for the purposes of collecting any Collateral and enforcing any other right in respect thereof;

(iii)

to defend, settle or compromise any action brought and, in connection therewith, give such discharge or release as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably appropriate;



22



 


(iv)

to receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to a Grantor and endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, bills of lading, warehouse receipts or other instruments or documents evidencing payment, shipment or storage of the goods giving rise to the Collateral of such Grantor on behalf of and in the name of such Grantor, or securing, or relating to such Collateral;

(v)

to sell, assign, transfer, make any agreement in respect of, or otherwise deal with or exercise rights in respect of, any Collateral or the goods or services which have given rise thereto, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes;

(vi)

to adjust and settle claims under any insurance policy relating thereto;

(vii)

to execute and deliver all assignments, conveyances, statements, financing statements, renewal financing statements, security agreements, affidavits, notices and other agreements, instruments and documents that the Administrative Agent may determine necessary in order to perfect and maintain the security interests and liens granted in this Agreement and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated therein;

(viii)

to institute any foreclosure proceedings that the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate;

(ix)

to sign and endorse any drafts, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications, notices and other documents relating to the Collateral;

(x)

to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Equity for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations;

(xi)

to exchange any of the Pledged Equity or other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the Issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the Pledged Equity with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate;

(xii)

to sign an instrument in writing, causing or sanctioning the transfer of any or all of the Pledged Equity into the name of the Administrative Agent or one or more of the Secured Parties or into the name of any nominee or transferee including, without limitation, to any nominee or transfer to whom the Pledged Equity or any part thereof may be sold pursuant to Section 9 hereof;

(xiii)

to exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto to the Pledged Equity;



23



 


(xiv)

to collect and receive all cash dividends and other payments and distributions made with respect to the Pledged Equity, and to notify the parties obligated on any of the Pledged Equity to make payment to Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder;

(xv)

to pay or discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

(xvi)

to direct any parties liable for any payment in connection with any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct (except as prohibited by Applicable Law, including without limitation, the federal anti-assignment provisions of 42 U.S.C. §1396a(a)(32) and §1395g(c));

(xvii)

to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims, and other amounts due and to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

(xviii)

to withdraw all monies or securities held in any account for application to the Obligations in accordance with the Credit Agreement;

(xix)

to accelerate any note pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement which may be accelerated in accordance with its terms, and take any other lawful action to collect upon any such note (including, without limitation, to make any demand for payment thereon);

(xx)

to contact any Account Debtor or Obligors to require that it direct all payments directly to the Administrative Agent;

(xxi)

to contact insurers or other similar Person to require that all Unearned Receivables be paid to the Administrative Agent; and

(xxii)

to do and perform all such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem to be necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the Collateral.

This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement.  The Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Administrative Agent in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Related Party of the Administrative Agent shall be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or any mistake of fact or law in its individual capacity or its capacity as attorney-in-fact except acts or omissions resulting from its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.  This power of attorney is conferred on



24



 


the Administrative Agent solely to protect, preserve and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral.

(b)

Assignment by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may from time to time assign the security interests created hereunder to a successor administrative agent appointed in accordance with the Credit Agreement, and such successor shall be entitled to all of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement in relation thereto.

(c)

Administrative Agent’s Duty of Care.  Other than the exercise of reasonable care to assure the safe custody of the Collateral while being held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent (and the other Secured Parties) shall have no duty or liability to preserve rights pertaining thereto, it being understood and agreed that the Grantors shall be responsible for preservation of all rights in the Collateral, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Collateral upon surrendering it or tendering the surrender of it to the Grantors.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, which shall be no less than the treatment employed by a reasonable and prudent agent in the industry, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not have responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any of the Collateral.  In the event of a public or private sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any steps to clean, repair or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale.

(d)

Liability with Respect to Accounts.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each of the Grantors shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise to each such Account.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating to such Account pursuant hereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of a Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.



25



 


(e)

Voting and Payment Rights in Respect of the Pledged Equity.

(i)

So long as no Event of Default shall exist, each Grantor may (A) exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Equity of such Grantor or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement and (B) receive and retain any and all dividends (other than stock dividends and other dividends constituting Collateral which are addressed hereinabove), principal or interest paid in respect of the Pledged Equity to the extent such payments are allowed under the Credit Agreement; and

(ii)

Upon notice from the Administrative Agent to a Grantor, during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that no such notice shall be required upon the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default under Clauses (g) of Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement), (A) all rights of a Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (i)(A) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent which shall then have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, (B) all rights of a Grantor to receive the dividends, principal and interest payments which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to clause (i)(B) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon be vested in the Administrative Agent which shall then have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, principal and interest payments, and (C) all dividends, principal and interest payments which are received by a Grantor contrary to the provisions of clause (ii)(B) above shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor, and shall be forthwith paid over to the Administrative Agent as Collateral in the exact form received, to be held by the Administrative Agent as Collateral and as further collateral security for the Obligations.

(f)

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, an IRREVOCABLE PROXY to, during the continuance of an Event of Default, vote all or any part of such Grantor’s Pledged Equity from time to time, in each case in any manner the Administrative Agent deems advisable in its sole discretion, either for or against any or all matters submitted, or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners, or members, as the case may be, and to exercise all other rights, powers, privileges, and remedies to which any such shareholders, partners, or members would be entitled (including, without limitation, giving or withholding written consents, ratifications, and waivers with respect to the Pledged Equity, calling special meetings of the holders of the Pledged Equity of any issuer and voting at such meetings).  Such IRREVOCABLE PROXY will be re-granted three years after the date hereof (or such earlier time as the Administrative Agent may request from time to time).  The irrevocable proxy granted hereby is effective immediately without the necessity that any other action (including, without limitation, that any transfer of any of the Pledged Equity be recorded on the books and records of the relevant Credit Party) be taken by any Person (including the relevant Credit Party of any Pledged Equity or any officer or agent thereof), is coupled



26



 


with an interest, and shall be irrevocable, shall survive the bankruptcy, dissolution or winding up of any relevant Grantor, and shall terminate upon the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement; provided that, with respect to each Grantor, after all continuing Events of Default have been waived in writing or if such irrevocable proxy is rescinded in writing by the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise with respect to its Pledged Equity and all rights of the Administrative Agent to vote all or any part of such Pledged Equity will cease.

11.

Application of Proceeds.  Any payments in respect of the Obligations and any proceeds of the Collateral, when received by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in cash or its equivalent, will be applied in reduction of the Obligations in the order and priority set forth in (or otherwise dictated by) the Credit Agreement.

12.

Continuing Agreement.

(a)

This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement, at which time this Agreement and all security interests granted hereunder shall be automatically terminated and the Administrative Agent shall, upon the request and at the expense of the Grantors, execute and deliver all UCC termination statements and/or other documents reasonably requested by the Grantors evidencing such termination.

(b)

This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party as a preference, fraudulent conveyance or otherwise under any Debtor Relief Law, all as though such payment had not been made; provided that in the event payment of all or any part of the Obligations is rescinded or must be restored or returned, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal fees and disbursements) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party in defending and enforcing such reinstatement shall be deemed to be included as a part of the Obligations.  This paragraph shall survive the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement.

13.

Amendments; Waivers; Modifications, etc.  This Agreement and the provisions hereof may not be amended, waived, modified, changed, discharged or terminated except as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

14.

Successors in Interest.  This Agreement shall be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns and shall inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations and their successors and permitted assigns.



27



 


15.

Notices.  All notices required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in conformance with the notice provisions of the Credit Agreement.

16.

Counterparts.  The signature pages to this Agreement may be transmitted and/or executed by facsimile or by electronic mail.  The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

17.

Headings.  The headings of the sections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

18.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.  The terms of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission to jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial (and where applicable, judicial reference) are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

19.

Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable and the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be construed without giving effect to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.

20.

Entirety.  This Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the other agreements and documents relating to the Obligations represent the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, including any commitment letters or correspondence relating to the Credit Documents, any other agreements and documents relating to the Obligations, or the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

21.

Other Security.  To the extent that any of the Obligations are now or hereafter secured by property other than the Collateral (including, without limitation, real property and securities owned by a Grantor), or by a guarantee, endorsement or property of any other Person, then the Administrative Agent shall have the right to proceed against such other property, guarantee or endorsement during the continuance of any Event of Default, and the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to determine which rights, security, liens, security interests or remedies the Administrative Agent shall at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate, modify or take with respect thereto, without in any way modifying or affecting any of them or the Obligations or any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties under this Agreement, under any other of the Credit Documents or under any other document relating to the Obligations.

22.

Rights of Certain Secured Parties.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Credit Document, a Secured Party that is not the Administrative Agent or a Lender shall be a “Secured Party” solely for the purpose of identifying the Persons entitled to share in payments and collections from the Collateral as more fully set forth herein



28



 


and in the Credit Agreement.  In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any such Secured Party unless such Secured Party has notified Administrative Agent of the amount of any such liability owed to it prior to such distribution.

23.

Additional Grantors.  Each Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a joinder agreement to this Agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

24.

Joint and Several Liability.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, all payment and performance obligations of the Grantors arising under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be joint and several obligations of each Grantor secured by all the Collateral.  The Administrative Agent may apply any portion of the Collateral to satisfy any of the Obligations.

25.

Waiver of Subrogation.  If the Administrative Agent exercises any of the remedies referred to above in respect of any of the Collateral and applies any of the proceeds of any Collateral to any amounts owing to any of the Secured Parties under the Credit Documents, no Grantor shall, in respect of such monies, seek to enforce repayment, obtain the benefit of any security, be indemnified or receive Collateral from any Borrower or a contribution from any other Person, or exercise any other rights or legal remedies of any kind which may accrue to any Grantor against any Borrower, whether by way of subrogation, offset, counterclaim or otherwise, in respect of the amount so payable or so paid (or in respect of any other monies for the time being due to any Grantor from any Borrower) until the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement occurs; provided, however, that, in no circumstances shall any Grantor make a claim against any Collateral owned by any other Grantor prior to the occurrence of the payment in full of all Obligations in cash and the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement.  Each of the Grantors shall hold in trust for, and forthwith pay or transfer to, the Administrative Agent any payment or distribution or benefit of security received by such Grantor contrary to this Section 25.

26.

Marshalling.  The Administrative Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including, but not limited to, this Agreement and the Collateral) for, or other assurance of payment of, the Obligations or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of the rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder or in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising.  Each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshalling of Collateral or other collateral security which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, or any other document or Instrument that creates, evidences, guaranties or secures any of the Obligations, and each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

27.

Waiver of Bond.  Each Grantor hereby waives the posting of any bond otherwise required of the Administrative Agent in connection with any judicial process or proceeding (i) to



29



 


realize on the Collateral or any other security for its obligations hereunder, (ii) to enforce any judgment or other court order entered in favor of the Administrative Agent, or (iii) to enforce by specific performance, temporary restraining order, or preliminary or permanent injunction, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement or document between the Administrative Agent and such Grantor.

28.

Collateral Custodian. At the Administrative Agent’s option, the Borrower shall cause the original Premium Finance Agreement or other document or instrument evidencing a Receivable, if any, to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or to a third-party custodian acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in the Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion, to hold on behalf of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to a custodian agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in Agent’s sole discretion, provided, that, with respect of the portion of the Collateral consisting of any Receivable that is evidenced by an electronic record that is a transferable record or otherwise under Applicable Laws, the Borrower shall (a) deliver to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to a custodial or other similar agreement acceptable to the Administrative Agent, “control” of such transferable electronic record in accordance with Applicable Law (to ensure, among other things, that the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected Lien in such Collateral by the preferred method under Applicable Law), which shall be delivered, at the Borrower’s expense, to the Administrative Agent pursuant to such custodial or other agreement acceptable to the Administrative Agent and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein to the contrary, held in the Administrative Agent’s or its appointed custodian’s possession, custody, and control until all of the Obligations have been fully satisfied or the Administrative Agent expressly agrees to release such documents and (b) identify (or cause the Administrative Agent’s appointed custodian or any applicable servicing agent to identify) on the related electronic record the pledge of such Receivable by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, provided, further, that the Administrative Agent, custodian or other Person appointed by it to accept delivery of and maintain possession, custody, and control of all such Receivables and related documents and any instruments on behalf of the Administrative Agent during such period of time.  If an original Premium Finance Agreement shall have been issued to the Borrower, at the Administrative Agent’s request, each such original evidencing a Receivable shall be duly endorsed in blank or otherwise assigned by Borrower or any other Person named as payee or indorsee of such item, in each case, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  In the event that any other Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of an instrument or similar document, and if and to the extent that the Administrative Agent determines that perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the Borrower, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent, shall endorse and deliver physical possession of such Collateral to Agent or to a custodian chosen by the Administrative Agent to hold on behalf of the Administrative Agent.

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]



30



Signature Page to Security and Pledge Agreement


Each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

GRANTORS:

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

Name:

William Koppelmann

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

Name:

William Koppelmann

 

Title:

CEO, President





Signature Page to Security and Pledge Agreement




Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

 

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent


 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Viault

 

 

Name:

John Viault

 

 

Title:

Vice President





 


EXHIBIT A


FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN COPYRIGHT RIGHTS


[ATTACHED]







 


EXHIBIT B


FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN PATENT RIGHTS


[ATTACHED]







 


EXHIBIT C


FORM OF NOTICE OF GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN TRADEMARK RIGHTS

[ATTACHED]















 



SCHEDULE 1

PLEDGED EQUITY

Grantor; Type and Place of Organization

Issuer; Type and Place of Organization

Number of Shares

Type

Certificate Number

Percentage Ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







 


SCHEDULE 4(f)

UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES








 


SCHEDULE 4(h)

NO RESTRICTIONS








 


SCHEDULE 4(i)

CONSENTS








 


SCHEDULE 4(j)

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS








 


SCHEDULE 4(l)

VEHICLES








 


SCHEDULE 4(m)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY








 


EXHIBIT I

to Security and Pledge Agreement

PLEDGE REGISTRATION AND CONTROL AGREEMENT

Pledge Registration and Control Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of [______ ___, 20___], by and among (i) [NAME OF ISSUER(S)], a [jurisdiction] [organization] ([individually and collectively,] the “Issuer”), (ii) [NAME OF GRANTOR(S)], a [jurisdiction] [organization] ([individually and collectively,] the “Grantor”), and (iii) WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, in its capacity as administrative agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the holders of the Obligations (the “Administrative Agent”).  References herein to each Grantor, as they relate to an Issuer, shall mean the applicable Grantor pledging the Equity Interest of such Issuer pursuant to the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

Reference is hereby made to that certain Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of October 5, 2018 (as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”) among Administrative Agent, Grantor, Issuer and other parties named therein.  All terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement referred to in the Security Agreement.

Issuer hereby acknowledges receipt of and agrees to the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement.  Issuer represents and warrants to Administrative Agent that (i) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Issuer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Issuer enforceable against Issuer in accordance with its terms; (ii) as of the date hereof, Grantor is the owner of record of the Pledged Equity issued by Issuer, and the Pledged Equity represent all of the Equity Interests of Grantor in Issuer; (iii) after reasonable inquiry, Issuer has no knowledge of any pledge of, or grant of a security interest in, or adverse claims to, the Pledged Equity (other than in favor of Administrative Agent); (iv) the execution, delivery and performance by the parties of the Security Agreement and this Agreement in accordance with their terms will not violate the Organic Documents of Issuer or any other agreements or documents to which Issuer is a party; (v) Issuer has registered the pledge and security interest of Administrative Agent in the Pledged Equity issued by Issuer in the books and records of Issuer; and (vi) Schedule 1 of the Security Agreement is true, correct and complete as it relates to Issuer and the Pledged Equity issued by Issuer.

Issuer will not acknowledge, register or permit the pledge, transfer, grant of control (as such term is used in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC) or other disposition of the Pledged Equity (or any portion thereof) other than to or as requested by Administrative Agent.  During the existence of an Event of Default, Issuer shall promptly comply with the instructions of Administrative Agent with respect to the Pledged Equity without the further consent or action of Grantor, including, without limitation, instructions as to the transfer or other disposition of the Pledged Equity, to pay and remit to Administrative Agent or its nominee all dividends, distributions and other amounts payable to Grantor in respect of the Pledged Equity (upon redemption of the






 


Pledged Equity, dissolution of any Issuer or otherwise), and to transfer to, and register the Pledged Equity in the name of, Administrative Agent or its nominee or transferee.  Issuer acknowledges and agrees that upon the delivery of any certificates representing the Pledged Equity endorsed to Administrative Agent or in blank, or to the extent the Pledged Equity is not represented by certificates, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Equity shall be perfected by control (as such term is used in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC).

Issuer hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Administrative Agent as the proxy and attorney-in-fact of Issuer with respect to the Pledged Equity, including, during the continuance of an Event of Default, the right to transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee or transferee the whole or any part of the Pledged Equity and the right to take any action and to execute any instrument which Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Security Agreement.  The appointment of Administrative Agent as proxy and attorney-in-fact is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the termination of this Agreement.  Such proxy shall be effective, automatically and without the necessity of any action by any Person.  Such proxy will be re-granted three years after the date hereof (or such earlier time as the Administrative Agent may request from time to time).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to exercise any such right or to preserve the same and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or for any delay in doing so.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, shall be binding upon Issuer and Grantor and their respective successors and assigns, but no Issuer or Grantor may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.  None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, altered, modified or amended except in writing duly signed by Issuer, Grantor and Administrative Agent.  The terms of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission to jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial (and where applicable, judicial reference) are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS







 




[NAME OF ISSUER(S)]

 

 

By:

/s/ William Koppelmann

Name:

William Koppelmann

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR(S)]

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 







 


EXHIBIT II

to Security and Pledge Agreement

LLC OPERATING AGREEMENT AMENDMENTS1

ARTICLE [__]
RIGHTS OF AGENT

Insert- Section [___]

(a)

Each membership interest in the [Company] shall be represented by a security certificate (a “Membership Interest Certificate”).  Each Membership Interest Certificate shall be issued in such form and substance as may be approved from time to time by [the Member] and shall be numbered by membership class (if more than one) and in the order in which they are issued.  Each Membership Interest Certificate shall bear a legend referring to this Agreement and (to the extent applicable) a legend that the membership interest has not been registered under applicable securities laws, each in such form and substance as may be approved from time to time by [the Member.]  Each Membership Interest Certificate shall be signed by any officer of [the Company] (including any assistant secretary).  The name of the Person owning the membership interest, the class (if applicable) of membership interest and the date of issuance shall be entered on each Membership Interest Certificate and on the stub (if any) of each Membership Interest Certificate.  A copy of each Membership Interest Certificate that is issued, exchanged, transferred or canceled, and the original stub (if any) of each Membership Interest Certificate issued, shall be kept in the [Company’s] minute book.

(b)

The transfer of a membership interest shall be made by [the Member] or any officer of [the Company] on its books and records, and [the Company] shall issue a new Membership Interest Certificate to the transferee, upon [the Company]’s receipt of (i) the written direction of the existing Membership Interest Certificate holder of record or the transferee, (ii) the existing Membership Interest Certificate evidencing such membership interest, and (iii) the due endorsement of such Membership Interest Certificate for transfer to the transferee, either on such Membership Interest Certificate or on a customary stock power or similar instrument of transfer.  [the Company] shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any membership interest as the Person entitled to vote or transfer such membership interest.  Each record owner of a membership interest may vote such interest in person or by proxy or written consent.

(c)

Any Person claiming a Membership Interest Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of such fact and establish such other proof and indemnity in the manner and to the extent required by the Member or any officer of [the Company].  Upon compliance with the above, to the satisfaction of the Member or any officer of [the Company], a new Membership Interest Certificate may be issued in lieu of the one alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

———————

1 To be tailored as needed






 


(d)

[Each Membership Interest Certificate in [the Company] shall constitute and remain a “security” within the meaning of, and shall be governed by, Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Florida or any other applicable jurisdiction (“Article 8”).  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any non-waivable provision of UCC Article 8, such provision of UCC Article 8 shall control and be given effect.]

(e)

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Member shall be permitted to pledge or hypothecate any or all of its membership interests, including all economic rights, control rights and status rights as a Member, to any lender to [the Company] or any affiliate of [the Company] or to any agent acting on such lender's behalf, and any transfer of such membership interests pursuant to any such lender's (or agent's) exercise of remedies in connection with any such pledge or hypothecation shall be permitted under this Agreement with no further action or approval required hereunder.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, subject to the terms of the financing giving rise to any pledge or hypothecation of membership interests, the lender (or agent) shall have the right, to the extent set forth in the applicable pledge or hypothecation agreement, and without further approval of the Member and without becoming a Member (unless such lender (or agent) elects to become a Member), to exercise the membership voting rights of the Member granting such pledge or hypothecation.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, and without complying with any other procedures set forth in this Agreement, upon the exercise of remedies in connection with a pledge or hypothecation, to the extent set forth in the applicable pledge or hypothecation agreement, (a) the lender (or agent) or transferee of such lender (or agent), as the case may be, shall, if it so elects, become a Member under this Agreement and, in such event, shall succeed to all of the rights and powers, including the right to participate in the management of the business and affairs of [the Company], and shall be bound by all of the obligations, of a Member under this Agreement without taking any further action on the part of such lender (or agent) or transferee, as the case may be, and (b) following such exercise of remedies, the pledging Member shall cease to be a Member and shall have no further rights or powers under this Agreement.  Any transfer of membership interests pursuant to a pledge or hypothecation referred to above shall, for purposes of Section [__], be deemed to have complied with the provisions of Section [__].  Each recipient of a pledge or hypothecation of the membership interests shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Section [__].

(f)

[The [Company] shall not at any time be a “dividing company” or engage in a “division” pursuant to and as defined in Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Act.]

(g)

Until the date that all of the obligations of [the Company] (other than contingent indemnification obligations to the extent no claims giving rise thereto have been asserted) pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2018 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (“Holdings”), STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (the Borrower”) and WOODFOREST






 


NATIONAL BANK, as lender (“Lender” and together with any other Person that becomes a lender thereunder, the “Lenders”) and as the administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), have been paid in full, this Section [__] may not be amended without the express written consent of Agent or the successor or assign of the rights of Agent under the Credit Agreement.  Capitalize terms used in this section [__] but not otherwise defined in this [Agreement] shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.






 



AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING NOTE



$27,500,000

July 30, 2019

 

Miami, Florida


FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  STANDARD PREMIUM  FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK (the “Lender”) (x) TWENTY-SEVEN MILLION  FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS ($27,500,000) or (y) the  aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made to the Borrower by the Lender from time to time pursuant to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2018, by and among the Borrower, STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (“Holdings”), the lenders party thereto and Woodforest National Bank, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) and outstanding on the Maturity Date, whichever is less, and to pay interest from the date hereof on the principal balance of such Revolving Loans from time to time outstanding at the rate or rates and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement, in each case, at the office of the Administrative Agent as set forth in the Credit Agreement, or at such other place as the Administrative Agent may specify from time to time, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.

The Borrower promises to pay interest, payable on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Credit Agreement, overdue interest, from the respective due dates of such amounts at the  default  rate set  forth in  Section 2.5 of the  Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of principal upon the occurrence of certain Events of Default on the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement.

The Revolving Loans evidenced by this note (this “Revolving Note”) are prepayable in the amounts, and under the circumstances, and their respective maturities are subject to acceleration upon the terms, set forth in the Credit Agreement. This Revolving Note is  subject  to, and should be construed in accordance with, the provisions of the Credit  Agreement and is entitled to the benefits and security set forth in the Credit Documents.

The Lender is hereby authorized to record on the schedule annexed hereto, and any continuation sheets which the Lender may attach hereto, (a) the date of each Revolving Loan made by the Lender, (b) the type and amount thereof and (c) the date and amount of each conversion of, and each payment or prepayment of the principal of, any






 


such Revolving Loan. The entries made in such schedule shall be, absent manifest error, prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure to so record  or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

Except as specifically otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby waives any right of or to presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest and all other demands, protests and notices in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, collection and enforcement of this Revolving Note.

The Borrower waives any right to claim or interpose any counterclaim (other than mandatory or compulsory counterclaims) or set-off of any kind in any litigation relating to this Revolving Note or the transactions contemplated hereby.

This Revolving Note is secured pursuant to, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Security Documents.

This Revolving Note may not be amended, and compliance with its terms may not be waived, orally or by course of dealing, but only by a writing signed by an authorized officer of the Lender.

This Revolving Note may only be assigned by the Lender in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 of the Credit Agreement and its benefits shall inure to the successors, and permitted indorsees and assigns of the Lender.

This Revolving Note amends and restates (but does not extinguish or novate) that certain Revolving Note, dated October 5, 2018, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Lender, in the original stated amount of $25,000,000 (the “Original Note”). The Borrower hereby agrees that the execution of this Revolving Note shall in no manner vitiate, impair or affect the liens and security interests created and evidenced by the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, in each case, as in effect as of the date of the Original Note, and such liens and security interests shall not be and are not in any manner released or waived.

THE PROVISIONS OF THIS REVOLVING NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED, AND ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE  STATE OF FLORIDA.


THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS REVOLVING NOTE) WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO THIS REVOLVING NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.



[remainder of page intentionally left blank]







 




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has duly executed this Revolving Note the day and year first above written.



STANDARD PREMIUM FINANCE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION, as

Borrower

 

/s/ William Koppelmann

 

Title: President



















[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Note (Standard Premium (Woodforest))]







 


SCHEDULE TO REVOLVING NOTE




 

 

Amount of

 

 

Type of

Amount of

principal converted,

Interest rate on

Interest Period

 

 

Revolving

Revolving

paid or

Revolving

for LIBOR

Notation

Date

Loan

Loan

prepaid

Loans

Advances

made by







 


Exhibit 21


Subsidiaries of the Registrant


Standard Premium Finance Management Corporation, a Florida corporation